declare namespace ej {
export namespace barcodeGenerator {
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/barcode-base.d.ts
/**
* defines the common methods for the barcode
*/
export abstract class BarcodeBase {
abstract validateInput(char: string, characters: string): boolean | string;
abstract drawImage(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, options: BaseAttributes[], labelPosition: number, barcodeSize: Rect, endValue: number, textRender: string): void;
abstract getDrawableSize(margin: MarginModel, widthValue: number, height: number): void;
height: string | number;
width: string | number;
margin: MarginModel;
displayText: DisplayTextModel;
value: string;
foreColor: string;
type: BarcodeType;
isSvgMode: boolean;
alignment: Alignment;
enableCheckSum: boolean;
encodingValue: DataMatrixEncoding;
size: DataMatrixSize;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/barcode-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class BarcodeGenerator
*/
export interface BarcodeGeneratorModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Defines the width of the barcode model.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let barcode: Barcode = new Barcode({
* width:'1000px', height:'500px' });
* barcode.appendTo('#barcode');
* ```
* @default '100%'
*/
width?: string | number;
/**
* Defines the height of the barcode model.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let barcode: Barcode = new Barcode({
* height:'1000px', height:'500px' });
* barcode.appendTo('#barcode');
* ```
* @default '100'
*/
height?: string | number;
/**
* Defines the barcode rendering mode.
* * SVG - Renders the bar-code objects as SVG elements
* * Canvas - Renders the bar-code in a canvas
* @default 'SVG'
*/
mode?: RenderingMode;
/**
* Defines the type of barcode to be rendered.
* @default 'Code128'
*/
type?: BarcodeType;
/**
* Defines the value of the barcode to be rendered.
* @default undefined
*/
value?: string;
/**
* Defines the checksum for the barcode.
* @default 'true'
*/
enableCheckSum?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the text properties for the barcode.
* @default ''
*/
displayText?: DisplayTextModel;
/**
* Defines the margin properties for the barcode.
* @default ''
*/
margin?: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the background color of the barcode.
* @default 'white'
*/
backgroundColor?: string;
/**
* Defines the forecolor of the barcode.
* @default 'black'
*/
foreColor?: string;
/**
* Triggers if you enter any invalid character.
* @event
*/
invalid?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/barcode.d.ts
/**
* Represents the Barcode control
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let barcode$: Barcode = new Barcode({
* width:'1000px', height:'500px' });
* barcode.appendTo('#barcode');
* ```
*/
export class BarcodeGenerator extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Defines the width of the barcode model.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let barcode$: Barcode = new Barcode({
* width:'1000px', height:'500px' });
* barcode.appendTo('#barcode');
* ```
* @default '100%'
*/
width: string | number;
/**
* Defines the height of the barcode model.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let barcode$: Barcode = new Barcode({
* height:'1000px', height:'500px' });
* barcode.appendTo('#barcode');
* ```
* @default '100'
*/
height: string | number;
/**
* Defines the barcode rendering mode.
* * SVG - Renders the bar-code objects as SVG elements
* * Canvas - Renders the bar-code in a canvas
* @default 'SVG'
*/
mode: RenderingMode;
/**
* Defines the type of barcode to be rendered.
* @default 'Code128'
*/
type: BarcodeType;
/**
* Defines the value of the barcode to be rendered.
* @default undefined
*/
value: string;
/**
* Defines the checksum for the barcode.
* @default 'true'
*/
enableCheckSum: boolean;
/**
* Defines the text properties for the barcode.
* @default ''
*/
displayText: DisplayTextModel;
/**
* Defines the margin properties for the barcode.
* @default ''
*/
margin: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the background color of the barcode.
* @default 'white'
*/
backgroundColor: string;
/**
* Defines the forecolor of the barcode.
* @default 'black'
*/
foreColor: string;
/**
* Triggers if you enter any invalid character.
* @event
*/
invalid: base.EmitType;
/** @private */
localeObj: base.L10n;
/** @private */
private defaultLocale;
private barcodeCanvas;
private barcodeRenderer;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
*/
constructor(options?: BarcodeGeneratorModel, element?: HTMLElement | string);
private triggerEvent;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: BarcodeGeneratorModel, oldProp: BarcodeGeneratorModel): void;
private initialize;
private renderElements;
private refreshCanvasBarcode;
private clearCanvas;
/**
* Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state.
* @return {string}
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* @private
* @param real
*/
private getElementSize;
protected preRender(): void;
private initializePrivateVariables;
/**
* Method to set culture for chart
*/
private setCulture;
/**
* Renders the barcode control with nodes and connectors
*/
render(): void;
/**
* Returns the module name of the barcode
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering
* @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]}
* @private
*/
requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[];
/**
* Destroys the barcode control
*/
destroy(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/enum/enum.d.ts
/**
* Enum
*/
/**
* Defines the rendering mode of the barcode. They are
* * SVG
* * Canvas
*/
export type RenderingMode =
/** SVG - Renders the barcode objects as SVG elements */
'SVG' |
/** Canvas - Renders the barcode in a canvas */
'Canvas';
/**
* Defines the event of the barcode
* * BarcodeEvent - Throws when an invalid input was given.
*/
export enum BarcodeEvent {
'invalid' = 0
}
/**
* Defines the text alignment for the text to be rendered in the barcode. The text alignment types are
* * Left
* * Right
* * Center
*/
export type Alignment =
/** Left - Align the text to the left side of the barcode element. */
'Left' |
/** Left - Align the text to the right side of the barcode element. */
'Right' |
/** Left - Align the text to the center side of the barcode element. */
'Center';
/**
* Defines the text position for the text to be rendered in the barcode. The text positions are
* * Bottom
* * Top
*/
export type TextPosition =
/** Bottom - Text will be rendered in the bottom of the barcode element. */
'Bottom' |
/** Top - Text will be rendered in the top of the barcode element. */
'Top';
/**
* Defines the quite zone for the Qr Code.
*/
/** @private */
export enum QuietZone {
All = 2
}
/**
* Defines the encoding type for the datamatrix code. They are
* * Auto
* * ASCII
* * ASCIINumeric
* * Base256
*/
export type DataMatrixEncoding =
/** Auto - Encoding type will be automatically assigned for the given input. */
'Auto' |
/** ASCII - Accept only the ASCII values. */
'ASCII' |
/** ASCIINumeric - Accept only the ASCII numeric values. */
'ASCIINumeric' |
/** Base256 -Accept the base256 values */
'Base256';
/**
* Defines the size for the datamatrix code. The defined size are
* * Auto
* * Size10x10
* * Size12x12
* * Size14x14
* * Size16x16
* * Size18x18
* * Size20x20
* * Size22x22
* * Size24x24
* * Size26x26
* * Size32x32
* * Size36x36
* * Size40x40
* * Size44x44
* * Size48x48
* * Size52x52
* * Size64x64
* * Size72x72
* * Size80x80
* * Size88x88
* * Size96x96
* * Size104x104
* * Size120x120
* * Size132x132
* * Size144x144
* * Size8x18
* * Size8x32
* * Size12x26
* * Size12x36
* * Size16x36
* * Size16x48
* @aspNumberEnum
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @IgnoreSingular
*/
export enum DataMatrixSize {
/**
* modules will be generated automatically.
*/
Auto = 0,
/**
* will generate 10*10 modules.
*/
Size10x10 = 1,
/**
* will generate 12*12 modules.
*/
Size12x12 = 2,
/**
* will generate 14*14 modules.
*/
Size14x14 = 3,
/**
* will generate 16*16 modules.
*/
Size16x16 = 4,
/**
* will generate 18*18 modules.
*/
Size18x18 = 5,
/**
* will generate 20*20 modules.
*/
Size20x20 = 6,
/**
* will generate 22*22 modules.
*/
Size22x22 = 7,
/**
* will generate 24*24 modules.
*/
Size24x24 = 8,
/**
* will generate 26*26 modules.
*/
Size26x26 = 9,
/**
* will generate 32*32 modules.
*/
Size32x32 = 10,
/**
* will generate 32*32 modules.
*/
Size36x36 = 11,
/**
* will generate 40*40 modules.
*/
Size40x40 = 12,
/**
* will generate 44*44 modules.
*/
Size44x44 = 13,
/**
* will generate 48*48 modules.
*/
Size48x48 = 14,
/**
* will generate 52*52 modules.
*/
Size52x52 = 15,
/**
* will generate 64*64 modules.
*/
Size64x64 = 16,
/**
* will generate 72*72 modules.
*/
Size72x72 = 17,
/**
* will generate 80*80 modules.
*/
Size80x80 = 18,
/**
* will generate 88*88 modules.
*/
Size88x88 = 19,
/**
* will generate 96*96 modules.
*/
Size96x96 = 20,
/**
* will generate 104*104 modules.
*/
Size104x104 = 21,
/**
* will generate 120*120 modules.
*/
Size120x120 = 22,
/**
* will generate 132*132 modules.
*/
Size132x132 = 23,
/**
* will generate 144*144 modules.
*/
Size144x144 = 24,
/**
* will generate 8*18 modules.
*/
Size8x18 = 25,
/**
* will generate 8*32 modules.
*/
Size8x32 = 26,
/**
* will generate 12*26 modules.
*/
Size12x26 = 27,
/**
* will generate 12*36 modules.
*/
Size12x36 = 28,
/**
* will generate 16*36 modules.
*/
Size16x36 = 29,
/**
* will generate 16*48 modules.
*/
Size16x48 = 30
}
/**
* Defines the type of the barcode to be generated. The barcode types are
* * Code39
* * Code128
* * Code128A
* * Code128B
* * Code128C
* * Codabar
* * Ean8
* * Ean13
* * UpcA
* * UpcE
* * Code11
* * Code93
* * Code93Extension
* * Code39Extension
* * Code32
*/
export type BarcodeType =
/** code39 - render the code39 barcode */
'Code39' |
/** code128 - render the code128 barcode */
'Code128' |
/** code128A - render the code128A barcode */
'Code128A' |
/** code128B - render the code128B barcode */
'Code128B' |
/** code128C - render the code128C barcode */
'Code128C' |
/** Codabar - render the codabar barcode */
'Codabar' |
/** Ean8 - render the Ean8 barcode */
'Ean8' |
/** Ean8 - render the Ean8 barcode */
'Ean13' |
/** UpcA - render the UpcA barcode */
'UpcA' |
/** UpcE - render the UpcE barcode */
'UpcE' |
/** Code11 - render the code11 barcode */
'Code11' |
/** Code93 - render the code93 barcode */
'Code93' |
/** Code93Extension - render the Code93Extension barcode */
'Code93Extension' |
/** Code39EXTD - render the code39EXTD barcode */
'Code39Extension' |
/** Code32 - render the Code32 barcode */
'Code32';
/**
* Defines the Qrcode input mode. The QR input modes are
* * NumericMode
* * BinaryMode
* * AlphaNumericMode
*/
export type QRInputMode =
/** NumericMode - Changes its mode to numericMode when the given input is numeric. */
'NumericMode' |
/** BinaryMode - Changes its mode to BinaryMode when the given input is numeric or smaller case or both. */
'BinaryMode' |
/** AlphaNumericMode - Changes its mode to AlphaNumericMode when the given is numeric or upper case or both. */
'AlphaNumericMode';
/**
* Defines the Qrcode QRCodeVersion. They are
* * Auto
* * Version01
* * Version02
* * Version03
* * Version04
* * Version05
* * Version06
* * Version07
* * Version08
* * Version09
* * Version10
* * Version11
* * Version12
* * Version13
* * Version14
* * Version15
* * Version16
* * Version17
* * Version18
* * Version19
* * Version20
* * Version21
* * Version22
* * Version23
* * Version24
* * Version25
* * Version26
* * Version27
* * Version28
* * Version29
* * Version30
* * Version31
* * Version32
* * Version33
* * Version34
* * Version35
* * Version36
* * Version37
* * Version38
* * Version39
* * Version40
* @aspNumberEnum
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @IgnoreSingular
*/
export enum QRCodeVersion {
/**
* Specifies the default version.
*/
Auto = 0,
/**
* Specifies version 1 (21 x 21 modules).
*/
Version01 = 1,
/**
* Specifies version 2 (25 x 25 modules).
*/
Version02 = 2,
/**
* Specifies version 3 (29 x 29 modules).
*/
Version03 = 3,
/**
* Specifies version 4 (33 x 33 modules).
*/
Version04 = 4,
/**
* Specifies version 5 (37 x 37 modules).
*/
Version05 = 5,
/**
* Specifies version 6 (41 x 41 modules).
*/
Version06 = 6,
/**
* Specifies version 7 (45 x 45 modules).
*/
Version07 = 7,
/**
* Specifies version 8 (49 x 49 modules).
*/
Version08 = 8,
/**
* Specifies version 9 (53 x 53 modules).
*/
Version09 = 9,
/**
* Specifies version 10 (57 x 57 modules).
*/
Version10 = 10,
/**
* Specifies version 11 (61 x 61 modules).
*/
Version11 = 11,
/**
* Specifies version 12 (65 x 65 modules).
*/
Version12 = 12,
/**
* Specifies version 13 (69 x 69 modules).
*/
Version13 = 13,
/**
* Specifies version 14 (73 x 73 modules).
*/
Version14 = 14,
/**
* Specifies version 15 (77 x 77 modules).
*/
Version15 = 15,
/**
* Specifies version 17 (85 x 85 modules).
*/
Version16 = 16,
/**
* Specifies version 17 (85 x 85 modules).
*/
Version17 = 17,
/**
* Specifies version 18 (89 x 89 modules).
*/
Version18 = 18,
/**
* Specifies version 19 (93 x 93 modules).
*/
Version19 = 19,
/**
* Specifies version 20 (97 x 97 modules).
*/
Version20 = 20,
/**
* Specifies version 21 (101 x 101 modules).
*/
Version21 = 21,
/**
* Specifies version 22 (105 x 105 modules).
*/
Version22 = 22,
/**
* Specifies version 23 (109 x 109 modules).
*/
Version23 = 23,
/**
* Specifies version 24 (113 x 113 modules).
*/
Version24 = 24,
/**
* Specifies version 25 (117 x 117 modules).
*/
Version25 = 25,
/**
* Specifies version 26 (121 x 121 modules).
*/
Version26 = 26,
/**
* Specifies version 27 (125 x 125 modules).
*/
Version27 = 27,
/**
* Specifies version 28 (129 x 129 modules).
*/
Version28 = 28,
/**
* Specifies version 29 (133 x 133 modules).
*/
Version29 = 29,
/**
* Specifies version 30 (137 x 137 modules).
*/
Version30 = 30,
/**
* Specifies version 31 (141 x 141 modules).
*/
Version31 = 31,
/**
* Specifies version 32 (145 x 145 modules).
*/
Version32 = 32,
/**
* Specifies version 33 (149 x 149 modules).
*/
Version33 = 33,
/**
* Specifies version 34 (153 x 153 modules).
*/
Version34 = 34,
/**
* Specifies version 35 (157 x 157 modules).
*/
Version35 = 35,
/**
* Specifies version 36 (161 x 161 modules).
*/
Version36 = 36,
/**
* Specifies version 37 (165 x 165 modules).
*/
Version37 = 37,
/**
* Specifies version 38 (169 x 169 modules).
*/
Version38 = 38,
/**
* Specifies version 39 (173 x 173 modules).
*/
Version39 = 39,
/**
* Specifies version 40 (177 x 177 modules).
*/
Version40 = 40
}
/**
* Indicated the recovery capacity of the qrcode. The default capacity levels are
* * Low
* * Medium
* * Quartile
* * High
* @aspNumberEnum
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @IgnoreSingular
*/
export enum ErrorCorrectionLevel {
/**
* The Recovery capacity is 7%(approx.)
*/
Low = 7,
/**
* The Recovery capacity is 15%(approx.)
*/
Medium = 15,
/**
* The Recovery capacity is 25%(approx.)
*/
Quartile = 25,
/**
* The Recovery capacity is 30%(approx.)
*/
High = 30
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/index.d.ts
/**
* Barcode component exported items
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension.d.ts
/**
* onedimension class is used to render all type of one dimensional shapes
*/
export abstract class OneDimension extends BarcodeBase {
private getInstance;
/** @private */
getDrawableSize(margin: MarginModel, w: number, h: number): Rect;
private getBaseAttributes;
private getBarLineRatio;
private multipleWidth;
private barCodeType;
private checkStartValueCondition;
private checkEndValueCondition;
private getDisplayText;
private checkExtraHeight;
private getWidthValue;
/** @private */
calculateBarCodeAttributes(code: number[] | string[], canvas: HTMLElement, isUpcE?: string): void;
private canIncrementCheck;
private verticalTextMargin;
private getAlignmentPosition;
/** @private */
drawImage(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, options: BaseAttributes[]): void;
private updateDisplayTextSize;
private alignDisplayText;
private updateOverlappedTextPosition;
private drawText;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/codabar.d.ts
/**
* codabar used to calculate the barcode of type codabar
*/
export class CodaBar extends OneDimension {
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
private getCodeValue;
private appendStartStopCharacters;
private getPatternCollection;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code11.d.ts
/**
* code39 used to calculate the barcode of type 39
*/
export class Code11 extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(value: string): string;
/**
* get the code value to check
*/
private getCodeValue;
private getPatternCollection;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code128.d.ts
/**
* code128 used to calculate the barcode of type 128
*/
export class Code128 extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
private getCodeValue;
private getBytes;
private appendStartStopCharacters;
private check128C;
private check128A;
private check128B;
private clipAB;
private code128Clip;
private clipC;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
/** @private */
code128(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
private encodeData;
private swap;
private encode;
private correctIndex;
private getCodes;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code128A.d.ts
/**
* code128A used to calculate the barcode of type 1228A
*/
export class Code128A extends Code128 {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code128B.d.ts
/**
* code128B used to calculate the barcode of type 128
*/
export class Code128B extends Code128 {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code128C.d.ts
/**
* code128C used to calculate the barcode of type 128C barcode
*/
export class Code128C extends Code128 {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code32.d.ts
/**
* code39 used to calculate the barcode of type 39
*/
export class Code32 extends OneDimension {
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
/**
* get the code value to check
*/
private getCodeValue;
private getPatternCollection;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code39.d.ts
/**
* code39 used to calculate the barcode of type 39
*/
export class Code39 extends OneDimension {
/**
* get the code value to check
*/
private getCodeValue;
/**
* get the characters to check
*/
private getCharacter;
/**
* Check sum method for the code 39 bar code
*/
private checkSum;
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
private getPatternCollection;
private appendStartStopCharacters;
/** @private */
drawCode39Extension(canvas: HTMLElement, encodedCharacter: string): void;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement, encodedCharacter?: string): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code39Extension.d.ts
/**
* code39 used to calculate the barcode of type 39
*/
export class Code39Extension extends Code39 {
private code39ExtensionValues;
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(char: string): string;
private checkText;
private code39Extension;
/** @private */
drawCode39(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code93.d.ts
/**
* code39 used to calculate the barcode of type 39
*/
export class Code93 extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(value: string): string;
private getCharacterWeight;
/**
* get the code value to check
*/
private getCodeValue;
private getPatternCollection;
private calculateCheckSum;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/code93Extension.d.ts
/**
* code39 used to calculate the barcode of type 39
*/
export class Code93Extension extends Code93 {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(text: string): string;
private getValue;
private barcodeSymbols;
private getBars;
private GetExtendedText;
/** @private */
drawCode93(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
private extendedText;
private GetCheckSumSymbols;
private CalculateCheckDigit;
private getArrayValue;
private encoding;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/ean13.d.ts
/**
* EAN13 class is used to calculate the barcode of type EAN13 barcode
*/
export class Ean13 extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(value: string): string;
private checkSumData;
private getStructure;
private getBinaries;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
private leftValue;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/ean8.d.ts
/**
* EAN8 class is used to calculate the barcode of type EAN8 barcode
*/
export class Ean8 extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(value: string): string;
private getCodeValueRight;
private checkSumData;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
private leftValue;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/upcA.d.ts
/**
* This class is used to calculate the barcode of type Universal Product Code barcode
*/
export class UpcA extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(value: string): string;
private checkSumData;
private getBinaries;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
private leftValue;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/one-dimension/upcE.d.ts
/**
* This class is used to calculate the barcode of type Universal Product Code barcode
*/
export class UpcE extends OneDimension {
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
/** @private */
validateInput(value: string): string;
private checkSum;
private getStructure;
private getValue;
private getExpansion;
private getUpcValue;
private getBinaries;
private encoding;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/displaytext-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class DisplayText
*/
export interface DisplayTextModel {
/**
* Sets the textual description of the barcode.
* @default ''
*/
text?: string;
/**
* Defines the visibility of the text.
* @default true
*/
visibility?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the font style of the text
* @default 'monospace'
*/
font?: string;
/**
* Defines the size of the text.
* @default 20
*/
size?: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left between the text and its barcode.
* @default ''
*/
margin?: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the horizontal alignment of the text.
* * Left - Aligns the text at the left
* * Right - Aligns the text at the Right
* * Center - Aligns the text at the Center
* @default 'Center'
*/
alignment?: Alignment;
/**
* Defines the position of the text.
* * Bottom - Position the text at the Bottom
* * Top - Position the text at the Top
* @default 'Bottom'
*/
position?: TextPosition;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/displaytext.d.ts
/**
* Defines the space to be left between an object and its immediate parent
*/
export class DisplayText extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Sets the textual description of the barcode.
* @default ''
*/
text: string;
/**
* Defines the visibility of the text.
* @default true
*/
visibility: boolean;
/**
* Defines the font style of the text
* @default 'monospace'
*/
font: string;
/**
* Defines the size of the text.
* @default 20
*/
size: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left between the text and its barcode.
* @default ''
*/
margin: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the horizontal alignment of the text.
* * Left - Aligns the text at the left
* * Right - Aligns the text at the Right
* * Center - Aligns the text at the Center
* @default 'Center'
*/
alignment: Alignment;
/**
* Defines the position of the text.
* * Bottom - Position the text at the Bottom
* * Top - Position the text at the Top
* @default 'Bottom'
*/
position: TextPosition;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/margin-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Margin
*/
export interface MarginModel {
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the left side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
left?: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the right side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
right?: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the top side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
top?: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the bottom side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
bottom?: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/margin.d.ts
/**
* Defines the space to be left between an object and its immediate parent
*/
export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the left side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
left: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the right side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
right: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the top side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
top: number;
/**
* Sets the space to be left from the bottom side of the immediate parent of an element
* @default 10
*/
bottom: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/point-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Point
*/
export interface PointModel {
/**
* Sets the x-coordinate of a position
* @default 0
*/
x?: number;
/**
* Sets the y-coordinate of a position
* @default 0
*/
y?: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/point.d.ts
/**
* Defines and processes coordinates
*/
export class Point extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Sets the x-coordinate of a position
* @default 0
*/
x: number;
/**
* Sets the y-coordinate of a position
* @default 0
*/
y: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/rect.d.ts
/**
* Rect defines and processes rectangular regions
*/
export class Rect {
/**
* Sets the x-coordinate of the starting point of a rectangular region
* @default 0
*/
x: number;
/**
* Sets the y-coordinate of the starting point of a rectangular region
* @default 0
*/
y: number;
/**
* Sets the width of a rectangular region
* @default 0
*/
width: number;
/**
* Sets the height of a rectangular region
* @default 0
*/
height: number;
constructor(x?: number, y?: number, width?: number, height?: number);
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/primitives/size.d.ts
/**
* Size defines and processes the size(width/height) of the objects
*/
export class Size {
/**
* Sets the height of an object
* @default 0
*/
height: number;
/**
* Sets the width of an object
* @default 0
*/
width: number;
constructor(width?: number, height?: number);
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/rendering/canvas-interface.d.ts
/** @private */
export interface BaseAttributes {
x: number;
y: number;
width: number;
height: number;
color: string;
string?: string;
stringSize?: number;
visibility?: boolean;
fontStyle?: string;
id?: string;
strokeColor?: string;
}
/** @private */
export interface EncodingResult {
checksum: number;
result: string;
}
/** @private */
export interface PdfDataMatrixSymbolAttribute {
SymbolRow: number;
SymbolColumn: number;
HorizontalDataRegion: number;
VerticalDataRegion: number;
DataCodewords: number;
CorrectionCodewords: number;
InterleavedBlock: number;
InterleavedDataBlock: number;
}
/** @private */
export interface Code93ExtendedValues {
value: string;
checkDigit: number;
bars: string;
}
/** @private */
export interface Code93ExtendedArrayAttribute {
character: string;
keyword?: string;
value?: string;
}
/** @private */
export interface ValidateEvent {
message: string;
}
/** @private */
export class BarcodeSVGRenderer implements IBarcodeRenderer {
/** @private */
renderRootElement(attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderRect(canvas: Object, attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderLine(canvas: Object, attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderText(canvas: Object, attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/rendering/canvas-renderer.d.ts
/**
* canvas renderer
*/
/** @private */
export class BarcodeCanvasRenderer implements IBarcodeRenderer {
/** @private */
static getContext(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement): CanvasRenderingContext2D;
/** @private */
renderRootElement(attribute: Object, backGroundColor: string, width: number, height: number): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderRect(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, attribute: BaseAttributes): HTMLElement;
renderText(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, attribute: BaseAttributes): HTMLElement;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/rendering/IRenderer.d.ts
/**
* IRenderer interface
*/
/** @private */
export interface IBarcodeRenderer {
renderRootElement(attribute: Object, backGroundColor: string, width: number, height: number): HTMLElement;
renderRect(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, attribute: Object, isText?: boolean): HTMLElement;
renderText(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/rendering/renderer.d.ts
/**
* Renderer
*/
/**
* Renderer module is used to render basic barcode elements
*/
/** @private */
export class BarcodeRenderer {
/** @private */
renderer: IBarcodeRenderer;
isSvgMode: Boolean;
constructor(name: string, isSvgMode: Boolean);
/** @private */
renderRootElement(attribute: Object, backGroundColor: string, width: number, height: number): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderRectElement(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderTextElement(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, attribute: Object): HTMLElement;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/rendering/svg-renderer.d.ts
/**
* svg renderer
*/
/** @private */
export class BarcodeSVGRenderering implements IBarcodeRenderer {
/** @private */
renderRootElement(attribute: Object, backGroundColor: string): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderRect(svg: HTMLElement, attribute: BaseAttributes): HTMLElement;
/** @private */
renderText(svg: HTMLElement, attribute: BaseAttributes): HTMLElement;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/utility/barcode-util.d.ts
/**
* Barcode util
*/
/** @private */
export function removeChildElements(newProp: QRCodeGeneratorModel | DataMatrixGeneratorModel, barcodeCanvas: HTMLElement, mode: RenderingMode, id: string): BarcodeRenderer;
/** @private */
export function getBaseAttributes(width: number, height: number, offSetX: number, offsetY: number, color: string, strokeColor?: string): BaseAttributes;
/** @private */
export function clearCanvas(view: QRCodeGenerator | DataMatrixGenerator, barcodeCanvas: HTMLCanvasElement): void;
/** @private */
export function refreshCanvasBarcode(qrCodeGenerator: QRCodeGenerator | DataMatrixGenerator, barcodeCanvas: HTMLCanvasElement): void;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/barcode/utility/dom-util.d.ts
/**
* DOM util
*/
/** @private */
export function createHtmlElement(elementType: string, attribute?: Object): HTMLElement;
export function getChildNode(node: SVGElement): SVGElement[] | HTMLCollection;
export function measureText(textContent: BaseAttributes): Size;
/** @private */
export function setAttribute(element: HTMLElement | SVGElement, attributes: Object): void;
/** @private */
export function createSvgElement(elementType: string, attribute: Object): HTMLElement | SVGElement;
/** @private */
export function createMeasureElements(): void;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/datamatrix/datamatrix-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class DataMatrixGenerator
*/
export interface DataMatrixGeneratorModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Defines encoding type of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
encoding?: DataMatrixEncoding;
/**
* Defines encoding type of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
size?: DataMatrixSize;
/**
* Defines the DataMatrix rendering mode.
* * SVG - Renders the bar-code objects as SVG elements
* * Canvas - Renders the bar-code in a canvas
* @default 'SVG'
*/
mode?: RenderingMode;
/**
* Defines the value of the DataMatrix to be rendered.
* @default undefined
*/
value?: string;
/**
* Defines the height of the DataMatrix.
* @default '100%'
*/
height?: string | number;
/**
* Defines the width of the DataMatrix.
* @default '100%'
*/
width?: string | number;
/**
* Defines the text properties for the DataMatrix.
* @default ''
*/
displayText?: DisplayTextModel;
/**
* Defines the margin properties for the DataMatrix.
* @default ''
*/
margin?: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the background color of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'white'
*/
backgroundColor?: string;
/**
* Triggers if we entered any invalid character
* @event
*/
invalid?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the forecolor of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'black'
*/
foreColor?: string;
/**
* Defines the xDimension of the DataMatrix.
*/
xDimension?: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/datamatrix/datamatrix-util.d.ts
/**
* DataMatrix used to calculate the DataMatrix barcode
*/
export class DataMatrix {
/** @private */
encodingValue: DataMatrixEncoding;
/** @private */
height: string | number;
/** @private */
width: string | number;
/** @private */
margin: MarginModel;
/** @private */
displayText: DisplayTextModel;
/** @private */
foreColor: string;
/** @private */
isSvgMode: boolean;
/** @private */
value: string;
private barcodeRenderer;
/** @private */
size: DataMatrixSize;
private mXDimension;
private mDataMatrixArray;
private actualColumns;
private actualRows;
/** @private */
XDimension: number;
private encodedCodeword;
private mSymbolAttribute;
private GetData;
private fillZero;
private DataMatrixNumericEncoder;
private ComputeBase256Codeword;
private DataMatrixBaseEncoder;
private copy;
private DataMatrixEncoder;
private PrepareDataCodeword;
private PdfDataMatrixSymbolAttribute;
private getmSymbolAttributes;
private PadCodewords;
private EccProduct;
/**
* Validate the given input to check whether the input is valid one or not
*/
private validateInput;
private ComputeErrorCorrection;
private CreateLogArrays;
private EccSum;
private EccDoublify;
private CreateRSPolynomial;
private PrepareCodeword;
private copyArray;
private ecc200placementbit;
private ecc200placementblock;
private ecc200placementcornerD;
private ecc200placementcornerA;
private ecc200placementcornerB;
private ecc200placementcornerC;
private ecc200placement;
private getActualRows;
private getActualColumns;
private AddQuiteZone;
private drawImage;
private CreateMatrix;
private create1DMatrixArray;
private create2DMartixArray;
/** @private */
BuildDataMatrix(): number[] | string;
private drawText;
private getInstance;
private drawDisplayText;
private getDrawableSize;
/** @private */
draw(canvas: HTMLElement): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/datamatrix/datamatrix.d.ts
/**
* Represents the Datamatrix control
* ```
*/
export class DataMatrixGenerator extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Defines encoding type of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
encoding: DataMatrixEncoding;
/**
* Defines encoding type of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
size: DataMatrixSize;
/**
* Defines the DataMatrix rendering mode.
* * SVG - Renders the bar-code objects as SVG elements
* * Canvas - Renders the bar-code in a canvas
* @default 'SVG'
*/
mode: RenderingMode;
/**
* Defines the value of the DataMatrix to be rendered.
* @default undefined
*/
value: string;
/**
* Defines the height of the DataMatrix.
* @default '100%'
*/
height: string | number;
/**
* Defines the width of the DataMatrix.
* @default '100%'
*/
width: string | number;
/**
* Defines the text properties for the DataMatrix.
* @default ''
*/
displayText: DisplayTextModel;
/**
* Defines the margin properties for the DataMatrix.
* @default ''
*/
margin: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the background color of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'white'
*/
backgroundColor: string;
/**
* Triggers if we entered any invalid character
* @event
*/
invalid: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the forecolor of the DataMatrix.
* @default 'black'
*/
foreColor: string;
/**
* Defines the xDimension of the DataMatrix.
*/
xDimension: number;
/** @private */
private barcodeRenderer;
private barcodeCanvas;
/** @private */
localeObj: base.L10n;
/** @private */
private defaultLocale;
/**
* Destroys the the data matrix generator
*/
destroy(): void;
private initializePrivateVariables;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
*/
constructor(options?: DataMatrixGeneratorModel, element?: HTMLElement | string);
/**
* Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state.
* @return {string}
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Returns the module name of the the data matrix generator
*/
getModuleName(): string;
private setCulture;
private getElementSize;
private initialize;
private triggerEvent;
protected preRender(): void;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: DataMatrixGeneratorModel, oldProp: DataMatrixGeneratorModel): void;
private checkdata;
private renderElements;
/**
* Renders the barcode control with nodes and connectors
*/
render(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/datamatrix/index.d.ts
/**
* Datamatrix component exported items
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/index.d.ts
/**
* Barcode component exported items
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/qrcode/index.d.ts
/**
* Qrcode component exported items
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/qrcode/qr-barcode-values.d.ts
/**
* Qrcode used to calculate the Qrcode control
*/
export class PdfQRBarcodeValues {
/**
* Holds the Version Information.
*/
private mVersion;
/**
* Holds the Error Correction Level.
*/
private mErrorCorrectionLevel;
/**
* Holds the Number of Data code word.
*/
private mNumberOfDataCodeWord;
/**
* Holds the Number of Error correcting code words.
*/
private mNumberOfErrorCorrectingCodeWords;
/**
* Holds the Number of Error correction Blocks.
*/
private mNumberOfErrorCorrectionBlocks;
/**
* Holds the End value of the version.
*/
private mEnd;
/**
* Holds the Data copacity of the version.
*/
private mDataCapacity;
/**
* Holds the Format Information.
*/
private mFormatInformation;
/**
* Holds the Version Information.
*/
private mVersionInformation;
/**
* Holds all the values of Error correcting code words.
*/
private numberOfErrorCorrectingCodeWords;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of CP437 characters
*/
private cp437CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of ISO8859_2 characters
*/
private iso88592CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of ISO8859_3 characters
*/
private iso88593CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of ISO8859_4 characters
*/
private iso88594CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of Windows1250 characters
*/
private windows1250CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of Windows1251 characters
*/
private windows1251CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of Windows1252 characters
*/
private windows1252CharSet;
/**
* Hexadecimal values of Windows1256 characters
*/
private windows1256CharSet;
/**
* Equivalent values of CP437 characters
*/
private cp437ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of ISO8859_2 characters
*/
private iso88592ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of ISO8859_3 characters
*/
private iso88593ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of ISO8859_4 characters
*/
private iso88594ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of Windows1250 characters
*/
private windows1250ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of Windows1251 characters
*/
private windows1251ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of Windows1252 characters
*/
private windows1252ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Equivalent values of Windows1256 characters
*/
private windows1256ReplaceNumber;
/**
* Holds all the end values.
*/
/** @private */
endValues: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Data capacity values.
*/
/** @private */
dataCapacityValues: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level Low.
*/
/** @private */
numericDataCapacityLow: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level Medium.
*/
/** @private */
numericDataCapacityMedium: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level Quartile.
*/
/** @private */
numericDataCapacityQuartile: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level High.
*/
/** @private */
numericDataCapacityHigh: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Alpha numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level Low.
*/
/** @private */
alphanumericDataCapacityLow: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Alpha numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level Medium.
*/
/** @private */
alphanumericDataCapacityMedium: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Alpha numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level Quartile.
*/
/** @private */
alphanumericDataCapacityQuartile: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Alpha numeric Data capacity of the Error correction level High.
*/
/** @private */
alphanumericDataCapacityHigh: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Binary Data capacity of the Error correction level Low.
*/
/** @private */
binaryDataCapacityLow: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Binary Data capacity of the Error correction level Medium.
*/
/** @private */
binaryDataCapacityMedium: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Binary Data capacity of the Error correction level Quartile.
*/
/** @private */
binaryDataCapacityQuartile: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Binary Data capacity of the Error correction level High.
*/
/** @private */
binaryDataCapacityHigh: number[];
/**
* Holds all the Mixed Data capacity of the Error correction level Low.
*/
private mixedDataCapacityLow;
/**
* Holds all the Mixed Data capacity of the Error correction level Medium.
*/
private mixedDataCapacityMedium;
/**
* Holds all the Mixed Data capacity of the Error correction level Quartile.
*/
private mixedDataCapacityQuartile;
/**
* Holds all the Mixed Data capacity of the Error correction level High.
*/
private mixedDataCapacityHigh;
/**
* Get or public set the Number of Data code words.
*/
/** @private */
/** @private */
NumberOfDataCodeWord: number;
/**
* Get or Private set the Number of Error correction code words.
*/
/** @private */
/** @private */
NumberOfErrorCorrectingCodeWords: number;
/**
* Get or Private set the Number of Error correction Blocks.
*/
/** @private */
/** @private */
NumberOfErrorCorrectionBlocks: number[];
/**
* Set the End value of the Current Version.
*/
private End;
/**
* Get or Private set the Data capacity.
*/
private DataCapacity;
/**
* Get or Private set the Format Information.
*/
/** @private */
/** @private */
FormatInformation: number[];
/**
* Get or Private set the Version Information.
*/
/** @private */
/** @private */
VersionInformation: number[];
/**
* Initializes the values
* @param version - version of the qr code
* @param errorCorrectionLevel - defines the level of error correction.
*/
constructor(version: QRCodeVersion, errorCorrectionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel);
/**
* Gets the Alphanumeric values.
*/
/** @private */
getAlphaNumericValues(value: string): number;
/**
* Gets number of data code words.
*/
private obtainNumberOfDataCodeWord;
/**
* Get number of Error correction code words.
*/
private obtainNumberOfErrorCorrectingCodeWords;
/**
* Gets number of Error correction Blocks.
*/
private obtainNumberOfErrorCorrectionBlocks;
/**
* Gets the End of the version.
*/
private obtainEnd;
/**
* Gets Data capacity
*/
private obtainDataCapacity;
/**
* Gets format information
*/
private obtainFormatInformation;
/**
* Gets version information
*/
private obtainVersionInformation;
/**
* Gets Numeric Data capacity.
*/
/** @private */
getNumericDataCapacity(version: QRCodeVersion, errorCorrectionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel): number;
/**
* Gets Alphanumeric data capacity.
*/
/** @private */
getAlphanumericDataCapacity(version: QRCodeVersion, errorCorrectionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel): number;
/** @private */
getBinaryDataCapacity(version: QRCodeVersion, errorCorrectionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel): number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/qrcode/qr-code-util.d.ts
/**
* Qrcode used to calculate the Qrcode control
*/
export class QRCode {
private mVersion;
private mInputMode;
private validInput;
/**
* Total bits required in mixing mode.
*/
private totalBits;
/**
* Holds the data of Function Pattern.
*/
private mModuleValue;
private mDataAllocationValues;
private mQrBarcodeValues;
/**
* Set version for mixing mode.
*/
private mixVersionERC;
/**
* Data to be currently encoded in Mixing Mode
*/
private mixExecutablePart;
/**
* Count of mixing mode blocks.
*/
private mixDataCount;
/**
* Holds the Number of Modules.
*/
private mNoOfModules;
/**
* Check if User Mentioned Mode
*/
private mIsUserMentionedMode;
private chooseDefaultMode;
/** @private */
text: string;
private mixRemainingPart;
private isXdimension;
private mXDimension;
/** @private */
/** @private */
XDimension: number;
private inputMode;
/** @private */
/** @private */
version: QRCodeVersion;
private mIsEci;
/** @private */
mIsUserMentionedErrorCorrectionLevel: boolean;
private isSvgMode;
private mEciAssignmentNumber;
/** @private */
mIsUserMentionedVersion: boolean;
/** @private */
mErrorCorrectionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel;
private textList;
private mode;
private getBaseAttributes;
private getInstance;
private drawImage;
/** @private */
draw(char: string, canvas: HTMLElement, height: number, width: number, margin?: MarginModel, displayText?: DisplayTextModel, mode?: boolean, foreColor?: string): boolean;
private drawText;
private drawDisplayText;
private generateValues;
/**
* Draw the PDP in the given location
* @param x - The x co-ordinate.
* @param y - The y co-ordinate.
*/
private drawPDP;
/**
* Draw the Timing Pattern
*/
private drawTimingPattern;
private initialize;
/**
* Adds quietzone to the QR Barcode.
*/
private addQuietZone;
/**
* Draw the Format Information
*/
private drawFormatInformation;
/**
* Allocates the Encoded Data and then Mask
* @param Data - Encoded Data
*/
private dataAllocationAndMasking;
/**
* Allocates Format and Version Information
*/
private allocateFormatAndVersionInformation;
/**
* Draw the Alignment Pattern in the given location
* @param x - The x co-ordinate
* @param y - The y co-ordinate
*/
private drawAlignmentPattern;
/**
* Gets the Allignment pattern coordinates of the current version.
*/
private getAlignmentPatternCoOrdinates;
/**
* Encode the Input Data
*/
private encodeData;
/**
* Converts string value to Boolean
* @param numberInString - The String value
* @param noOfBits - Number of Bits
*/
private stringToBoolArray;
/**
* Converts Integer value to Boolean
* @param number - The Integer value
* @param noOfBits - Number of Bits
*/
private intToBoolArray;
/**
* Splits the Code words
* @param ds - The Encoded value Blocks
* @param blk - Index of Block Number
* @param count - Length of the Block
*/
private splitCodeWord;
/**
* Creates the Blocks
* @param encodeData - The Encoded value.
* @param noOfBlocks - Number of Blocks.
*/
private createBlocks;
}
/** @private */
export class ModuleValue {
isBlack: boolean;
isFilled: boolean;
isPdp: boolean;
constructor();
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/qrcode/qr-error-correction.d.ts
/**
* Qrcode used to calculate the Qrcode control
*/
export class ErrorCorrectionCodewords {
/**
* Holds the length
*/
private mLength;
/**
* Holds the Error Correction Code Word
*/
private eccw;
/**
* Holds the databits
*/
private databits;
/**
* Holds the Data Code word
*/
private mDataCodeWord;
/**
* Holds G(x)
*/
private gx;
/**
* Holds all the values of Alpha
*/
private alpha;
/**
* Holds the Decimal value
*/
private decimalValue;
/**
* Holds the values of QR Barcode
*/
private mQrBarcodeValues;
/**
* Sets and Gets the Data code word
*/
/** @private */
DC: string[];
/**
* Sets and Gets the DataBits
*/
/** @private */
DataBits: number;
/**
* Sets and Gets the Error Correction Code Words
*/
/** @private */
Eccw: number;
/**
* Initializes Error correction code word
*/
constructor(version: QRCodeVersion, correctionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel);
/**
* Gets the Error correction code word
*/
/** @private */
getErcw(): string[];
/**
* Convert to decimal
* @param inString - is a binary values.
*/
private toDecimal;
/**
* Convert decimal to binary.
*/
private toBinary;
/**
* Polynomial division
*/
private divide;
private xORPolynoms;
private multiplyGeneratorPolynomByLeadterm;
private convertToDecNotation;
private convertToAlphaNotation;
private findLargestExponent;
private getIntValFromAlphaExp;
/**
* Find the element in the alpha
*/
private findElement;
/**
* Gets g(x) of the element
*/
private getElement;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/qrcode/qrcode-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class QRCodeGenerator
*/
export interface QRCodeGeneratorModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Defines the height of the QR code model.
* @default '100%'
*/
height?: string | number;
/**
* Defines the width of the QR code model.
* @default '100%'
*/
width?: string | number;
/**
* Defines the QR code rendering mode.
* * SVG - Renders the bar-code objects as SVG elements
* * Canvas - Renders the bar-code in a canvas
* @default 'SVG'
*/
mode?: RenderingMode;
/**
* Defines the xDimension of the QR code model.
*/
xDimension?: number;
/**
* Defines the error correction level of the QR code.
* @blazorDefaultValueIgnore
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
* @aspNumberEnum
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @default undefined
*/
errorCorrectionLevel?: ErrorCorrectionLevel;
/**
* Defines the margin properties for the QR code.
* @default ''
*/
margin?: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the background color of the QR code.
* @default 'white'
*/
backgroundColor?: string;
/**
* Triggers if you enter any invalid character.
* @event
*/
invalid?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the forecolor of the QR code.
* @default 'black'
*/
foreColor?: string;
/**
* Defines the text properties for the QR code.
* @default ''
*/
displayText?: DisplayTextModel;
/**
* * Defines the version of the QR code.
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @blazorDefaultValueIgnore
* @aspNumberEnum
* @default undefined
*/
version?: QRCodeVersion;
/**
* Defines the type of barcode to be rendered.
* @default undefined
*/
value?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-barcode-generator/src/qrcode/qrcode.d.ts
/**
* Represents the Qrcode control
* ```
*/
export class QRCodeGenerator extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
*/
constructor(options?: QRCodeGeneratorModel, element?: HTMLElement | string);
/**
* Defines the height of the QR code model.
* @default '100%'
*/
height: string | number;
/**
* Defines the width of the QR code model.
* @default '100%'
*/
width: string | number;
/**
* Defines the QR code rendering mode.
* * SVG - Renders the bar-code objects as SVG elements
* * Canvas - Renders the bar-code in a canvas
* @default 'SVG'
*/
mode: RenderingMode;
/**
* Defines the xDimension of the QR code model.
*/
xDimension: number;
/**
* Defines the error correction level of the QR code.
* @blazorDefaultValueIgnore
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
* @aspNumberEnum
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @default undefined
*/
errorCorrectionLevel: ErrorCorrectionLevel;
/**
* Defines the margin properties for the QR code.
* @default ''
*/
margin: MarginModel;
/**
* Defines the background color of the QR code.
* @default 'white'
*/
backgroundColor: string;
/**
* Triggers if you enter any invalid character.
* @event
*/
invalid: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the forecolor of the QR code.
* @default 'black'
*/
foreColor: string;
/**
* Defines the text properties for the QR code.
* @default ''
*/
displayText: DisplayTextModel;
/**
* * Defines the version of the QR code.
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
* @blazorNumberEnum
* @blazorDefaultValueIgnore
* @aspNumberEnum
* @default undefined
*/
version: QRCodeVersion;
private widthChange;
private heightChange;
private isSvgMode;
private barcodeRenderer;
/**
* Defines the type of barcode to be rendered.
* @default undefined
*/
value: string;
/** @private */
localeObj: base.L10n;
/** @private */
private defaultLocale;
private barcodeCanvas;
/**
* Renders the barcode control with nodes and connectors
*/
render(): void;
private triggerEvent;
private renderElements;
private setCulture;
private getElementSize;
private initialize;
protected preRender(): void;
/**
* Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state.
* @return {string}
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Returns the module name of the barcode
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Destroys the barcode control
*/
destroy(): void;
private initializePrivateVariables;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: QRCodeGeneratorModel, oldProp: QRCodeGeneratorModel): void;
}
}
export namespace base {
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/ajax.d.ts
/**
* Ajax class provides ability to make asynchronous HTTP request to the server
* ```typescript
* var ajax = new Ajax("index.html", "GET", true);
* ajax.send().then(
* function (value) {
* console.log(value);
* },
* function (reason) {
* console.log(reason);
* });
* ```
*/
export class Ajax {
/**
* Specifies the URL to which request to be sent.
* @default null
*/
url: string;
/**
* Specifies which HTTP request method to be used. For ex., GET, POST
* @default GET
*/
type: string;
/**
* Specifies the data to be sent.
* @default null
*/
data: string | Object;
/**
* A boolean value indicating whether the request should be sent asynchronous or not.
* @default true
*/
mode: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the callback for creating the XMLHttpRequest object.
* @default null
*/
httpRequest: XMLHttpRequest;
/**
* A boolean value indicating whether to ignore the promise reject.
* @private
* @default true
*/
emitError: boolean;
private options;
onLoad: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object;
onProgress: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object;
onError: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object;
onAbort: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object;
onUploadProgress: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object;
private contentType;
private dataType;
/**
* Constructor for Ajax class
* @param {string|Object} options?
* @param {string} type?
* @param {boolean} async?
* @returns defaultType
*/
constructor(options?: string | Object, type?: string, async?: boolean, contentType?: string);
/**
* Send the request to server.
* @param {any} data - To send the user data
* @return {Promise}
*/
send(data?: string | Object): Promise;
/**
* Specifies the callback function to be triggered before sending request to sever.
* This can be used to modify the XMLHttpRequest object before it is sent.
* @event
*/
beforeSend: Function;
/**
* Specifies callback function to be triggered after XmlHttpRequest is succeeded.
* The callback will contain server response as the parameter.
* @event
*/
onSuccess: Function;
/**
* Triggers when XmlHttpRequest is failed.
* @event
*/
onFailure: Function;
private successHandler;
private failureHandler;
private stateChange;
/**
* To get the response header from XMLHttpRequest
* @param {string} key Key to search in the response header
* @returns {string}
*/
getResponseHeader(key: string): string;
}
export interface HeaderOptions {
readyState?: number;
getResponseHeader?: Function;
setRequestHeader?: Function;
overrideMimeType?: Function;
}
/**
* Specifies the ajax beforeSend event arguments
* @event
*/
export interface BeforeSendEventArgs {
/** To cancel the ajax request in beforeSend */
cancel?: boolean;
/** Returns the request sent from the client end */
httpRequest?: XMLHttpRequest;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/animation-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Animation
*/
export interface AnimationModel {
/**
* Specify the type of animation
* @default : 'FadeIn';
*/
name?: Effect;
/**
* Specify the duration to animate
* @default : 400;
*/
duration?: number;
/**
* Specify the animation timing function
* @default : 'ease';
*/
timingFunction?: string;
/**
* Specify the delay to start animation
* @default : 0;
*/
delay?: number;
/**
* Triggers when animation is in-progress
* @event
*/
progress?: EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the animation is started
* @event
*/
begin?: EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when animation is completed
* @event
*/
end?: EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when animation is failed due to any scripts
* @event
*/
fail?: EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/animation.d.ts
/**
* Animation effect names
*/
export type Effect = 'FadeIn' | 'FadeOut' | 'FadeZoomIn' | 'FadeZoomOut' | 'FlipLeftDownIn' | 'FlipLeftDownOut' | 'FlipLeftUpIn' | 'FlipLeftUpOut' | 'FlipRightDownIn' | 'FlipRightDownOut' | 'FlipRightUpIn' | 'FlipRightUpOut' | 'FlipXDownIn' | 'FlipXDownOut' | 'FlipXUpIn' | 'FlipXUpOut' | 'FlipYLeftIn' | 'FlipYLeftOut' | 'FlipYRightIn' | 'FlipYRightOut' | 'SlideBottomIn' | 'SlideBottomOut' | 'SlideDown' | 'SlideLeft' | 'SlideLeftIn' | 'SlideLeftOut' | 'SlideRight' | 'SlideRightIn' | 'SlideRightOut' | 'SlideTopIn' | 'SlideTopOut' | 'SlideUp' | 'ZoomIn' | 'ZoomOut';
/**
* The Animation framework provide options to animate the html DOM elements
* ```typescript
* let animeObject = new Animation({
* name: 'SlideLeftIn',
* duration: 1000
* });
* animeObject.animate('#anime1');
* animeObject.animate('#anime2', { duration: 500 });
* ```
*/
export class Animation extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Specify the type of animation
* @default : 'FadeIn';
*/
name: Effect;
/**
* Specify the duration to animate
* @default : 400;
*/
duration: number;
/**
* Specify the animation timing function
* @default : 'ease';
*/
timingFunction: string;
/**
* Specify the delay to start animation
* @default : 0;
*/
delay: number;
/**
* Triggers when animation is in-progress
* @event
*/
progress: EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the animation is started
* @event
*/
begin: EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when animation is completed
* @event
*/
end: EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when animation is failed due to any scripts
* @event
*/
fail: EmitType;
/**
* @private
*/
easing: {
[key: string]: string;
};
constructor(options: AnimationModel);
/**
* Applies animation to the current element.
* @param {string | HTMLElement} element - Element which needs to be animated.
* @param {AnimationModel} options - Overriding default animation settings.
* @return {void}
*/
animate(element: string | HTMLElement, options?: AnimationModel): void;
/**
* Stop the animation effect on animated element.
* @param {HTMLElement} element - Element which needs to be stop the animation.
* @param {AnimationOptions} model - Handling the animation model at stop function.
* @return {void}
*/
static stop(element: HTMLElement, model?: AnimationOptions): void;
/**
* Set delay to animation element
* @param {AnimationModel} model
* @returns {void}
*/
private static delayAnimation;
/**
* Triggers animation
* @param {AnimationModel} model
* @returns {void}
*/
private static applyAnimation;
/**
* Returns Animation Model
* @param {AnimationModel} options
* @returns {AnimationModel}
*/
private getModel;
/**
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: AnimationModel, oldProp: AnimationModel): void;
/**
* Returns module name as animation
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* @private
*/
destroy(): void;
}
/**
* Animation event argument for progress event handler
*/
export interface AnimationOptions extends AnimationModel {
/**
* Get current time-stamp in progress EventHandler
*/
timeStamp?: number;
/**
* Get current animation element in progress EventHandler
*/
element?: HTMLElement;
}
/**
* Ripple provides material theme's wave effect when an element is clicked
* ```html
*
*
* ```
* @private
* @param HTMLElement element - Target element
* @param RippleOptions rippleOptions - Ripple options .
*/
export function rippleEffect(element: HTMLElement, rippleOptions?: RippleOptions, done?: Function): () => void;
/**
* Ripple method arguments to handle ripple effect
* @private
*/
export interface RippleOptions {
/**
* Get selector child elements for ripple effect
*/
selector?: string;
/**
* Get ignore elements to prevent ripple effect
*/
ignore?: string;
/**
* Override the enableRipple method
*/
rippleFlag?: boolean;
/**
* Set ripple effect from center position
*/
isCenterRipple?: boolean;
/**
* Set ripple duration
*/
duration?: number;
}
export let isRippleEnabled: boolean;
/**
* Animation Module provides support to enable ripple effect functionality to Essential JS 2 components.
* @param {boolean} isRipple Specifies the boolean value to enable or disable ripple effect.
* @returns {boolean}
*/
export function enableRipple(isRipple: boolean): boolean;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/base.d.ts
export interface DomElements extends HTMLElement {
ej2_instances: Object[];
}
export interface AngularEventEmitter {
subscribe?: (generatorOrNext?: any, error?: any, complete?: any) => any;
}
export type EmitType = AngularEventEmitter & ((arg?: T, ...rest: any[]) => void);
/**
* Base library module is common module for Framework modules like touch,keyboard and etc.,
* @private
*/
export abstract class Base {
element: ElementType;
isDestroyed: boolean;
protected isProtectedOnChange: boolean;
protected properties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected changedProperties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected oldProperties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected refreshing: boolean;
protected finalUpdate: Function;
protected modelObserver: Observer;
protected childChangedProperties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected abstract getModuleName(): string;
protected abstract onPropertyChanged(newProperties: Object, oldProperties?: Object): void;
/** Property base section */
/**
* Function used to set bunch of property at a time.
* @private
* @param {Object} prop - JSON object which holds components properties.
* @param {boolean} muteOnChange? - Specifies to true when we set properties.
*/
setProperties(prop: Object, muteOnChange?: boolean): void;
/**
* Calls for child element data bind
* @param {Object} obj
* @param {Object} parent
* @returns {void}
*/
private static callChildDataBind;
protected clearChanges(): void;
/**
* Bind property changes immediately to components
*/
dataBind(): void;
protected saveChanges(key: string, newValue: string, oldValue: string): void;
/** Event Base Section */
/**
* Adds the handler to the given event listener.
* @param {string} eventName - A String that specifies the name of the event
* @param {Function} listener - Specifies the call to run when the event occurs.
* @return {void}
*/
addEventListener(eventName: string, handler: Function): void;
/**
* Removes the handler from the given event listener.
* @param {string} eventName - A String that specifies the name of the event to remove
* @param {Function} listener - Specifies the function to remove
* @return {void}
*/
removeEventListener(eventName: string, handler: Function): void;
/**
* Triggers the handlers in the specified event.
* @private
* @param {string} eventName - Specifies the event to trigger for the specified component properties.
* Can be a custom event, or any of the standard events.
* @param {Event} eventProp - Additional parameters to pass on to the event properties
* @param {Function} successHandler - this function will invoke after event successfully triggered
* @param {Function} errorHandler - this function will invoke after event if it failured to call.
* @return {void}
*/
trigger(eventName: string, eventProp?: Object, successHandler?: Function, errorHandler?: Function): void | object;
/**
* Base constructor accept options and element
*/
constructor(options: Object, element: ElementType | string);
/**
* To maintain instance in base class
*/
protected addInstance(): void;
/**
* To remove the instance from the element
*/
protected destroy(): void;
}
/**
* Global function to get the component instance from the rendered element.
* @param elem Specifies the HTMLElement or element id string.
* @param comp Specifies the component module name or Component.
*/
export function getComponent(elem: HTMLElement | string, comp: string | any | T): T;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/browser.d.ts
/**
* Get configuration details for Browser
* @private
*/
export class Browser {
private static uA;
private static extractBrowserDetail;
/**
* To get events from the browser
* @param {string} event - type of event triggered.
* @returns {Boolean}
*/
private static getEvent;
/**
* To get the Touch start event from browser
* @returns {string}
*/
private static getTouchStartEvent;
/**
* To get the Touch end event from browser
* @returns {string}
*/
private static getTouchEndEvent;
/**
* To get the Touch move event from browser
* @returns {string}
*/
private static getTouchMoveEvent;
/**
* To cancel the touch event from browser
* @returns {string}
*/
private static getTouchCancelEvent;
/**
* To get the value based on provided key and regX
* @param {string} key
* @param {RegExp} regX
* @returns {Object}
*/
private static getValue;
/**
* Property specifies the userAgent of the browser. Default userAgent value is based on the browser.
* Also we can set our own userAgent.
*/
static userAgent: string;
/**
* Property is to get the browser information like Name, Version and Language
* @returns BrowserInfo
*/
static readonly info: BrowserInfo;
/**
* Property is to get whether the userAgent is based IE.
*/
static readonly isIE: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the browser has touch support.
*/
static readonly isTouch: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the browser has Pointer support.
*/
static readonly isPointer: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the browser has MSPointer support.
*/
static readonly isMSPointer: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the userAgent is device based.
*/
static readonly isDevice: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the userAgent is IOS.
*/
static readonly isIos: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the userAgent is Ios7.
*/
static readonly isIos7: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the userAgent is Android.
*/
static readonly isAndroid: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to identify whether application ran in web view.
*/
static readonly isWebView: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get whether the userAgent is Windows.
*/
static readonly isWindows: Boolean;
/**
* Property is to get the touch start event. It returns event name based on browser.
*/
static readonly touchStartEvent: string;
/**
* Property is to get the touch move event. It returns event name based on browser.
*/
static readonly touchMoveEvent: string;
/**
* Property is to get the touch end event. It returns event name based on browser.
*/
static readonly touchEndEvent: string;
/**
* Property is to cancel the touch end event.
*/
static readonly touchCancelEvent: string;
}
export interface BrowserDetails {
isAndroid?: Boolean;
isDevice?: Boolean;
isIE?: Boolean;
isIos?: Boolean;
isIos7?: Boolean;
isMSPointer?: Boolean;
isPointer?: Boolean;
isTouch?: Boolean;
isWebView?: Boolean;
isWindows?: Boolean;
info?: BrowserInfo;
touchStartEvent?: string;
touchMoveEvent?: string;
touchEndEvent?: string;
touchCancelEvent?: string;
}
export interface BrowserInfo {
name?: string;
version?: string;
culture?: {
name?: string;
language?: string;
};
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/child-property.d.ts
/**
* To detect the changes for inner properties.
* @private
*/
export class ChildProperty {
private parentObj;
private controlParent;
private propName;
private isParentArray;
protected properties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected changedProperties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected childChangedProperties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected oldProperties: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
protected finalUpdate: Function;
private callChildDataBind;
constructor(parent: T, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean);
/**
* Updates the property changes
* @param {boolean} val
* @param {string} propName
* @returns {void}
*/
private updateChange;
/**
* Updates time out duration
*/
private updateTimeOut;
/**
* Clears changed properties
*/
private clearChanges;
/**
* Set property changes
* @param {Object} prop
* @param {boolean} muteOnChange
* {void}
*/
protected setProperties(prop: Object, muteOnChange: boolean): void;
/**
* Binds data
*/
protected dataBind(): void;
/**
* Saves changes to newer values
* @param {string} key
* @param {Object} newValue
* @param {Object} oldValue
* @returns {void}
*/
protected saveChanges(key: string, newValue: Object, oldValue: Object): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/component-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Component
*/
export interface ComponentModel {
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads.
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence?: boolean;
/**
* Enable or disable rendering component in right to left direction.
* @default false
*/
enableRtl?: boolean;
/**
* Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'.
* @default ''
*/
locale?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/component.d.ts
/**
* Base class for all Essential JavaScript components
*/
export abstract class Component extends Base {
element: ElementType;
private randomId;
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads.
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence: boolean;
/**
* Enable or disable rendering component in right to left direction.
* @default false
*/
enableRtl: boolean;
/**
* Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'.
* @default ''
*/
locale: string;
/**
* string template option for Blazor template rendering
* @private
*/
isStringTemplate: boolean;
protected needsID: boolean;
protected moduleLoader: ModuleLoader;
protected localObserver: Observer;
protected abstract render(): void;
protected abstract preRender(): void;
protected abstract getPersistData(): string;
protected injectedModules: Function[];
protected requiredModules(): ModuleDeclaration[];
protected isRendered: boolean;
/**
* Destroys the sub modules while destroying the widget
*/
protected destroy(): void;
/**
* Applies all the pending property changes and render the component again.
*/
refresh(): void;
/**
* Appends the control within the given HTML element
* @param {string | HTMLElement} selector - Target element where control needs to be appended
*/
appendTo(selector?: string | HTMLElement): void;
/**
* It is used to process the post rendering functionalities to a component.
*/
protected renderComplete(wrapperElement?: Node): void;
/**
* When invoked, applies the pending property changes immediately to the component.
*/
dataBind(): void;
/**
* Attach one or more event handler to the current component context.
* It is used for internal handling event internally within the component only.
* @param {BoundOptions[]| string} event - It is optional type either to Set the collection of event list or the eventName.
* @param {Function} handler - optional parameter Specifies the handler to run when the event occurs
* @param {Object} context - optional parameter Specifies the context to be bind in the handler.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
on(event: BoundOptions[] | string, handler?: Function, context?: Object): void;
/**
* To remove one or more event handler that has been attached with the on() method.
* @param {BoundOptions[]| string} event - It is optional type either to Set the collection of event list or the eventName.
* @param {Function} handler - optional parameter Specifies the function to run when the event occurs
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
off(event: BoundOptions[] | string, handler?: Function): void;
/**
* To notify the handlers in the specified event.
* @param {string} property - Specifies the event to be notify.
* @param {Object} argument - Additional parameters to pass while calling the handler.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
notify(property: string, argument: Object): void;
/**
* Get injected modules
* @private
*/
getInjectedModules(): Function[];
/**
* Dynamically injects the required modules to the component.
*/
static Inject(...moduleList: Function[]): void;
/**
* Initialize the constructor for component base
*/
constructor(options?: Object, selector?: string | ElementType);
/**
* This is a instance method to create an element.
* @private
*/
createElement: (tag: string, prop?: {
id?: string;
className?: string;
innerHTML?: string;
styles?: string;
attrs?: {
[key: string]: string;
};
}) => HTMLElement;
private injectModules;
private detectFunction;
private mergePersistData;
private setPersistData;
protected clearTemplate(templateName?: string[], index?: any): void;
private getUniqueID;
private pageID;
private isHistoryChanged;
protected addOnPersist(options: string[]): string;
protected getActualProperties(obj: T): T;
protected ignoreOnPersist(options: string[]): string;
protected iterateJsonProperties(obj: {
[key: string]: Object;
}, ignoreList: string[]): Object;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/dom.d.ts
/**
* Function to create Html element.
* @param tagName - Name of the tag, id and class names.
* @param properties - Object to set properties in the element.
* @param properties.id - To set the id to the created element.
* @param properties.className - To add classes to the element.
* @param properties.innerHTML - To set the innerHTML to element.
* @param properties.styles - To set the some custom styles to element.
* @param properties.attrs - To set the attributes to element.
* @private
*/
export function createElement(tagName: string, properties?: {
id?: string;
className?: string;
innerHTML?: string;
styles?: string;
attrs?: {
[key: string]: string;
};
}): HTMLElement;
/**
* The function used to add the classes to array of elements
* @param {Element[]|NodeList} elements - An array of elements that need to add a list of classes
* @param {string|string[]} classes - String or array of string that need to add an individual element as a class
* @private
*/
export function addClass(elements: Element[] | NodeList, classes: string | string[]): Element[] | NodeList;
/**
* The function used to add the classes to array of elements
* @param {Element[]|NodeList} elements - An array of elements that need to remove a list of classes
* @param {string|string[]} classes - String or array of string that need to add an individual element as a class
* @private
*/
export function removeClass(elements: Element[] | NodeList, classes: string | string[]): Element[] | NodeList;
/**
* The function used to check element is visible or not.
* @param {Element|Node} element - An element the need to check visibility
* @private
*/
export function isVisible(element: Element | Node): Boolean;
/**
* The function used to insert an array of elements into a first of the element.
* @param {Element[]|NodeList} fromElements - An array of elements that need to prepend.
* @param {Element} toElement - An element that is going to prepend.
* @private
*/
export function prepend(fromElements: Element[] | NodeList, toElement: Element, isEval?: Boolean): Element[] | NodeList;
/**
* The function used to insert an array of elements into last of the element.
* @param {Element[]|NodeList} fromElements - An array of elements that need to append.
* @param {Element} toElement - An element that is going to prepend.
* @private
*/
export function append(fromElements: Element[] | NodeList, toElement: Element, isEval?: Boolean): Element[] | NodeList;
/**
* The function used to remove the element from the
* @param {Element|Node|HTMLElement} element - An element that is going to detach from the Dom
* @private
*/
export function detach(element: Element | Node | HTMLElement): Element;
/**
* The function used to remove the element from Dom also clear the bounded events
* @param {Element|Node|HTMLElement} element - An element remove from the Dom
* @private
*/
export function remove(element: Element | Node | HTMLElement): void;
/**
* The function helps to set multiple attributes to an element
* @param {Element|Node} element - An element that need to set attributes.
* @param {{[key:string]:string}} attributes - JSON Object that is going to as attributes.
* @private
*/
export function attributes(element: Element | Node, attributes: {
[key: string]: string;
}): Element;
/**
* The function selects the element from giving context.
* @param {string} selector - Selector string need fetch element from the
* @param {Document|Element=document} context - It is an optional type, That specifies a Dom context.
* @private
*/
export function select(selector: string, context?: Document | Element): Element;
/**
* The function selects an array of element from the given context.
* @param {string} selector - Selector string need fetch element from the
* @param {Document|Element=document} context - It is an optional type, That specifies a Dom context.
* @private
*/
export function selectAll(selector: string, context?: Document | Element): HTMLElement[];
/**
* Returns single closest parent element based on class selector.
* @param {Element} element - An element that need to find the closest element.
* @param {string} selector - A classSelector of closest element.
* @private
*/
export function closest(element: Element | Node, selector: string): Element;
/**
* Returns all sibling elements of the given element.
* @param {Element|Node} element - An element that need to get siblings.
* @private
*/
export function siblings(element: Element | Node): Element[];
/**
* set the value if not exist. Otherwise set the existing value
* @param {HTMLElement} element - An element to which we need to set value.
* @param {string} property - Property need to get or set.
* @param {string} value - value need to set.
* @private
*/
export function getAttributeOrDefault(element: HTMLElement, property: string, value: string): string;
/**
* Set the style attributes to Html element.
* @param {HTMLElement} element - Element which we want to set attributes
* @param {any} attrs - Set the given attributes to element
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function setStyleAttribute(element: HTMLElement, attrs: {
[key: string]: Object;
}): void;
/**
* Method for add and remove classes to a dom element.
* @param {Element} element - Element for add and remove classes
* @param {string[]} addClasses - List of classes need to be add to the element
* @param {string[]} removeClasses - List of classes need to be remove from the element
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function classList(element: Element, addClasses: string[], removeClasses: string[]): void;
/**
* Method to check whether the element matches the given selector.
* @param {Element} element - Element to compare with the selector.
* @param {string} selector - String selector which element will satisfy.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function matches(element: Element, selector: string): boolean;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/draggable-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Position
*/
export interface PositionModel {
/**
* Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable.
*/
left?: number;
/**
* Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable.
*/
top?: number;
}
/**
* Interface for a class Draggable
*/
export interface DraggableModel {
/**
* Defines the distance between the cursor and the draggable element.
*/
cursorAt?: PositionModel;
/**
* If `clone` set to true, drag operations are performed in duplicate element of the draggable element.
* @default true
*/
clone?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the parent element in which draggable element movement will be restricted.
*/
dragArea?: HTMLElement | string;
/**
* Defines the dragArea is scrollable or not.
*/
isDragScroll?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for drag event.
* @event
*/
drag?: Function;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for dragStart event.
* @event
*/
dragStart?: Function;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for dragStop event.
* @event
*/
dragStop?: Function;
/**
* Defines the minimum distance draggable element to be moved to trigger the drag operation.
* @default 1
*/
distance?: number;
/**
* Defines the child element selector which will act as drag handle.
*/
handle?: string;
/**
* Defines the child element selector which will prevent dragging of element.
*/
abort?: string;
/**
* Defines the callback function for customizing the cloned element.
*/
helper?: Function;
/**
* Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items.
* A draggable with the same scope value will be accepted by the droppable.
*/
scope?: string;
/**
* Specifies the dragTarget by which the clone element is positioned if not given current context element will be considered.
* @private
*/
dragTarget?: string;
/**
* Defines the axis to limit the draggable element drag path.The possible axis path values are
* * `x` - Allows drag movement in horizontal direction only.
* * `y` - Allows drag movement in vertical direction only.
*/
axis?: DragDirection;
/**
* Defines the function to change the position value.
* @private
*/
queryPositionInfo?: Function;
/**
* Defines whether the drag clone element will be split form the cursor pointer.
* @private
*/
enableTailMode?: boolean;
/**
* Defines whether to skip the previous drag movement comparison.
* @private
*/
skipDistanceCheck?: boolean;
/**
* @private
*/
preventDefault?: boolean;
/**
* Defines whether to enable autoscroll on drag movement of draggable element.
* enableAutoScroll
* @private
*/
enableAutoScroll?: boolean;
/**
* Defines whether to enable taphold on mobile devices.
* enableAutoScroll
* @private
*/
enableTapHold?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the time delay for tap hold.
* @default 750
* @private
*/
tapHoldThreshold?: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/draggable.d.ts
/**
* Specifies the Direction in which drag movement happen.
*/
export type DragDirection = 'x' | 'y';
/**
* Specifies the position coordinates
*/
export class Position extends ChildProperty {
/**
* Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable.
*/
left: number;
/**
* Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable.
*/
top: number;
}
/**
* Coordinates for element position
* @private
*/
export interface Coordinates {
/**
* Defines the x Coordinate of page.
*/
pageX: number;
/**
* Defines the y Coordinate of page.
*/
pageY: number;
/**
* Defines the x Coordinate of client.
*/
clientX: number;
/**
* Defines the y Coordinate of client.
*/
clientY: number;
}
/**
* Interface to specify the drag data in the droppable.
*/
export interface DropInfo {
/**
* Specifies the current draggable element
*/
draggable?: HTMLElement;
/**
* Specifies the current helper element.
*/
helper?: HTMLElement;
/**
* Specifies the drag target element
*/
draggedElement?: HTMLElement;
}
export interface DropObject {
target: HTMLElement;
instance: DropOption;
}
/**
* Used to access values
* @private
*/
export interface DragPosition {
left?: string;
top?: string;
}
/**
* Used for accessing the interface.
* @private
*/
export interface Instance extends HTMLElement {
/**
* Specifies current instance collection in element
*/
ej2_instances: {
[key: string]: Object;
}[];
}
/**
* Droppable function to be invoked from draggable
* @private
*/
export interface DropOption {
/**
* Used to triggers over function while draggable element is over the droppable element.
*/
intOver: Function;
/**
* Used to triggers out function while draggable element is out of the droppable element.
*/
intOut: Function;
/**
* Used to triggers out function while draggable element is dropped on the droppable element.
*/
intDrop: Function;
/**
* Specifies the information about the drag element.
*/
dragData: DropInfo;
/**
* Specifies the status of the drag of drag stop calling.
*/
dragStopCalled: boolean;
}
/**
* Drag Event arguments
*/
export interface DragEventArgs {
/**
* Specifies the actual event.
*/
event?: MouseEvent & TouchEvent;
/**
* Specifies the current drag element.
*/
element?: HTMLElement;
/**
* Specifies the current target element.
*/
target?: HTMLElement;
}
/**
* Used for accessing the BlazorEventArgs.
* @private
*/
export interface BlazorDragEventArgs {
/**
* bind draggable element for Blazor Components
*/
bindEvents: Function;
/**
* Draggable element to which draggable events are to be binded in Blazor.
*/
dragElement: HTMLElement;
}
/**
* Draggable Module provides support to enable draggable functionality in Dom Elements.
* ```html
* Draggable
*
* ```
*/
export class Draggable extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Defines the distance between the cursor and the draggable element.
*/
cursorAt: PositionModel;
/**
* If `clone` set to true, drag operations are performed in duplicate element of the draggable element.
* @default true
*/
clone: boolean;
/**
* Defines the parent element in which draggable element movement will be restricted.
*/
dragArea: HTMLElement | string;
/**
* Defines the dragArea is scrollable or not.
*/
isDragScroll: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for drag event.
* @event
*/
drag: Function;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for dragStart event.
* @event
*/
dragStart: Function;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for dragStop event.
* @event
*/
dragStop: Function;
/**
* Defines the minimum distance draggable element to be moved to trigger the drag operation.
* @default 1
*/
distance: number;
/**
* Defines the child element selector which will act as drag handle.
*/
handle: string;
/**
* Defines the child element selector which will prevent dragging of element.
*/
abort: string;
/**
* Defines the callback function for customizing the cloned element.
*/
helper: Function;
/**
* Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items.
* A draggable with the same scope value will be accepted by the droppable.
*/
scope: string;
/**
* Specifies the dragTarget by which the clone element is positioned if not given current context element will be considered.
* @private
*/
dragTarget: string;
/**
* Defines the axis to limit the draggable element drag path.The possible axis path values are
* * `x` - Allows drag movement in horizontal direction only.
* * `y` - Allows drag movement in vertical direction only.
*/
axis: DragDirection;
/**
* Defines the function to change the position value.
* @private
*/
queryPositionInfo: Function;
/**
* Defines whether the drag clone element will be split form the cursor pointer.
* @private
*/
enableTailMode: boolean;
/**
* Defines whether to skip the previous drag movement comparison.
* @private
*/
skipDistanceCheck: boolean;
/**
* @private
*/
preventDefault: boolean;
/**
* Defines whether to enable autoscroll on drag movement of draggable element.
* enableAutoScroll
* @private
*/
enableAutoScroll: boolean;
/**
* Defines whether to enable taphold on mobile devices.
* enableAutoScroll
* @private
*/
enableTapHold: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the time delay for tap hold.
* @default 750
* @private
*/
tapHoldThreshold: number;
private target;
private initialPosition;
private relativeXPosition;
private relativeYPosition;
private margin;
private offset;
private position;
private dragLimit;
private borderWidth;
private padding;
private left;
private top;
private width;
private height;
private pageX;
private diffX;
private prevLeft;
private prevTop;
private dragProcessStarted;
private tapHoldTimer;
private externalInitialize;
private diffY;
private pageY;
private helperElement;
private hoverObject;
private parentClientRect;
private parentScrollX;
private parentScrollY;
droppables: {
[key: string]: DropInfo;
};
constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: DraggableModel);
protected bind(): void;
private static getDefaultPosition;
private toggleEvents;
private mobileInitialize;
private removeTapholdTimer;
private getScrollableParent;
private getScrollableValues;
private initialize;
private intDragStart;
private bindDragEvents;
private elementInViewport;
private getProcessedPositionValue;
private calculateParentPosition;
private intDrag;
private getDragPosition;
private getDocumentWidthHeight;
private intDragStop;
private intDestroy;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: DraggableModel, oldProp: DraggableModel): void;
getModuleName(): string;
private setDragArea;
private getProperTargetElement;
private getMousePosition;
private getCoordinates;
private getHelperElement;
private setGlobalDroppables;
private checkTargetElement;
private getDropInstance;
destroy(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/droppable-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Droppable
*/
export interface DroppableModel {
/**
* Defines the selector for draggable element to be accepted by the droppable.
*/
accept?: string;
/**
* Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items.
* A draggable with the same scope value will only be accepted by the droppable.
*/
scope?: string;
/**
* Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is dropped in droppable.
* @event
*/
drop?: (args: DropEventArgs) => void;
/**
* Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved over droppable element.
* @event
*/
over?: Function;
/**
* Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved out of droppable element.
* @event
*/
out?: Function;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/droppable.d.ts
/**
* Droppable arguments in drop callback.
* @private
*/
export interface DropData {
/**
* Specifies that current element can be dropped.
*/
canDrop: boolean;
/**
* Specifies target to drop.
*/
target: HTMLElement;
}
export interface DropEvents extends MouseEvent, TouchEvent {
dropTarget?: HTMLElement;
}
/**
* Interface for drop event args
*/
export interface DropEventArgs {
/**
* Specifies the original mouse or touch event arguments.
*/
event?: MouseEvent & TouchEvent;
/**
* Specifies the target element.
*/
target?: HTMLElement;
/**
* Specifies the dropped element.
*/
droppedElement?: HTMLElement;
/**
* Specifies the dragData
*/
dragData?: DropInfo;
}
/**
* Droppable Module provides support to enable droppable functionality in Dom Elements.
* ```html
* Droppable
*
* ```
*/
export class Droppable extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Defines the selector for draggable element to be accepted by the droppable.
*/
accept: string;
/**
* Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items.
* A draggable with the same scope value will only be accepted by the droppable.
*/
scope: string;
/**
* Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is dropped in droppable.
* @event
*/
drop: (args: DropEventArgs) => void;
/**
* Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved over droppable element.
* @event
*/
over: Function;
/**
* Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved out of droppable element.
* @event
*/
out: Function;
private mouseOver;
dragData: {
[key: string]: DropInfo;
};
constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: DroppableModel);
protected bind(): void;
private wireEvents;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: DroppableModel, oldProp: DroppableModel): void;
getModuleName(): string;
private dragStopCalled;
intOver(event: MouseEvent & TouchEvent, element?: Element): void;
intOut(event: MouseEvent & TouchEvent, element?: Element): void;
private intDrop;
private isDropArea;
destroy(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/event-handler.d.ts
/**
* EventHandler class provides option to add, remove, clear and trigger events to a HTML DOM element
* @private
* ```html
*
*
* ```
*/
export class EventHandler {
private static addOrGetEventData;
/**
* Add an event to the specified DOM element.
* @param {any} element - Target HTML DOM element
* @param {string} eventName - A string that specifies the name of the event
* @param {Function} listener - Specifies the function to run when the event occurs
* @param {Object} bindTo - A object that binds 'this' variable in the event handler
* @param {number} debounce - Specifies at what interval given event listener should be triggered.
* @return {Function}
*/
static add(element: Element | HTMLElement | Document, eventName: string, listener: Function, bindTo?: Object, intDebounce?: number): Function;
/**
* Remove an event listener that has been attached before.
* @param {any} element - Specifies the target html element to remove the event
* @param {string} eventName - A string that specifies the name of the event to remove
* @param {Function} listener - Specifies the function to remove
* @return {void}
*/
static remove(element: Element | HTMLElement | Document, eventName: string, listener: Function): void;
/**
* Clear all the event listeners that has been previously attached to the element.
* @param {any} element - Specifies the target html element to clear the events
* @return {void}
*/
static clearEvents(element: Element): void;
/**
* Trigger particular event of the element.
* @param {any} element - Specifies the target html element to trigger the events
* @param {string} eventName - Specifies the event to trigger for the specified element.
* Can be a custom event, or any of the standard events.
* @param {any} eventProp - Additional parameters to pass on to the event properties
* @return {void}
*/
static trigger(element: HTMLElement, eventName: string, eventProp?: Object): void;
}
/**
* Common Event argument for all base Essential JavaScript 2 Events.
* @private
*/
export interface BaseEventArgs {
/**
* Specifies name of the event.
*/
name?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/hijri-parser.d.ts
/***
* Hijri parser
*/
export namespace HijriParser {
function getHijriDate(gDate: Date): Object;
function toGregorian(year: number, month: number, day: number): Date;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/index.d.ts
/**
* Base modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/internationalization.d.ts
/**
* Specifies the observer used for external change detection.
*/
export let onIntlChange: Observer;
/**
* Specifies the default rtl status for EJ2 components.
*/
export let rightToLeft: boolean;
/**
* Interface for dateFormatOptions
*
*/
export interface DateFormatOptions {
/**
* Specifies the skeleton for date formatting.
*/
skeleton?: string;
/**
* Specifies the type of date formatting either date, dateTime or time.
*/
type?: string;
/**
* Specifies custom date formatting to be used.
*/
format?: string;
/**
* Specifies the calendar mode other than gregorian
*/
calendar?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for numberFormatOptions
*
*/
export interface NumberFormatOptions {
/**
* Specifies minimum fraction digits in formatted value.
*/
minimumFractionDigits?: number;
/**
* Specifies maximum fraction digits in formatted value.
*/
maximumFractionDigits?: number;
/**
* Specifies minimum significant digits in formatted value.
*/
minimumSignificantDigits?: number;
/**
* Specifies maximum significant digits in formatted value.
*/
maximumSignificantDigits?: number;
/**
* Specifies whether to use grouping or not in formatted value,
*/
useGrouping?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the skeleton for perform formatting.
*/
skeleton?: string;
/**
* Specifies the currency code to be used for formatting.
*/
currency?: string;
/**
* Specifies minimum integer digits in formatted value.
*/
minimumIntegerDigits?: number;
/**
* Specifies custom number format for formatting.
*/
format?: string;
}
/**
* Specifies the CLDR data loaded for internationalization functionalities.
* @private
*/
export let cldrData: Object;
/**
* Specifies the default culture value to be considered.
* @private
*/
export let defaultCulture: string;
/**
* Specifies default currency code to be considered
* @private
*/
export let defaultCurrencyCode: string;
/**
* Internationalization class provides support to parse and format the number and date object to the desired format.
* ```typescript
* // To set the culture globally
* setCulture('en-GB');
*
* // To set currency code globally
* setCurrencyCode('EUR');
*
* //Load cldr data
* loadCldr(gregorainData);
* loadCldr(timeZoneData);
* loadCldr(numbersData);
* loadCldr(numberSystemData);
*
* // To use formatter in component side
* let Intl:Internationalization = new Internationalization();
*
* // Date formatting
* let dateFormatter: Function = Intl.getDateFormat({skeleton:'long',type:'dateTime'});
* dateFormatter(new Date('11/2/2016'));
* dateFormatter(new Date('25/2/2030'));
* Intl.formatDate(new Date(),{skeleton:'E'});
*
* //Number formatting
* let numberFormatter: Function = Intl.getNumberFormat({skeleton:'C5'})
* numberFormatter(24563334);
* Intl.formatNumber(123123,{skeleton:'p2'});
*
* // Date parser
* let dateParser: Function = Intl.getDateParser({skeleton:'short',type:'time'});
* dateParser('10:30 PM');
* Intl.parseDate('10',{skeleton:'H'});
* ```
*/
export class Internationalization {
culture: string;
constructor(cultureName?: string);
/**
* Returns the format function for given options.
* @param {DateFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the format function will return.
* @returns {Function}
*/
getDateFormat(options?: DateFormatOptions): Function;
/**
* Returns the format function for given options.
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the format function will return.
* @returns {Function}
*/
getNumberFormat(options?: NumberFormatOptions): Function;
/**
* Returns the parser function for given options.
* @param {DateFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the parser function will return.
* @returns {Function}
*/
getDateParser(options?: DateFormatOptions): Function;
/**
* Returns the parser function for given options.
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the parser function will return.
* @returns {Function}
*/
getNumberParser(options?: NumberFormatOptions): Function;
/**
* Returns the formatted string based on format options.
* @param {Number} value - Specifies the number to format.
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specifies the format options in which the number will be formatted.
* @returns {string}
*/
formatNumber(value: Number, option?: NumberFormatOptions): string;
/**
* Returns the formatted date string based on format options.
* @param {Number} value - Specifies the number to format.
* @param {DateFormatOptions} option - Specifies the format options in which the number will be formatted.
* @returns {string}
*/
formatDate(value: Date, option?: DateFormatOptions): string;
/**
* Returns the date object for given date string and options.
* @param {string} value - Specifies the string to parse.
* @param {DateFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options in which the date string will be parsed.
* @returns {Date}
*/
parseDate(value: string, option?: DateFormatOptions): Date;
/**
* Returns the number object from the given string value and options.
* @param {string} value - Specifies the string to parse.
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options in which the string number will be parsed.
* @returns {number}
*/
parseNumber(value: string, option?: NumberFormatOptions): number;
/**
* Returns Native Date Time Pattern
* @param {DateFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options for resultant date time pattern.
* @param {boolean} isExcelFormat - Specifies format value to be converted to excel pattern.
* @returns {string}
* @private
*/
getDatePattern(option: DateFormatOptions, isExcelFormat?: boolean): string;
/**
* Returns Native Number Pattern
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options for resultant number pattern.
* @returns {string}
* @private
*/
getNumberPattern(option: NumberFormatOptions): string;
/**
* Returns the First Day of the Week
* @returns {number}
*/
getFirstDayOfWeek(): number;
private getCulture;
}
/**
* Set the default culture to all EJ2 components
* @param {string} cultureName - Specifies the culture name to be set as default culture.
*/
export function setCulture(cultureName: string): void;
/**
* Set the default currency code to all EJ2 components
* @param {string} currencyCode Specifies the culture name to be set as default culture.
* @returns {void}
*/
export function setCurrencyCode(currencyCode: string): void;
/**
* Load the CLDR data into context
* @param {Object[]} obj Specifies the CLDR data's to be used for formatting and parser.
* @returns {void}
*/
export function loadCldr(...data: Object[]): void;
/**
* To enable or disable RTL functionality for all components globally.
* @param {boolean} status - Optional argument Specifies the status value to enable or disable rtl option.
* @returns {void}
*/
export function enableRtl(status?: boolean): void;
/**
* To get the numeric CLDR object for given culture
* @param {string} locale - Specifies the locale for which numericObject to be returned.
* @ignore
* @private
*/
export function getNumericObject(locale: string, type?: string): Object;
/**
* To get the numeric CLDR number base object for given culture
* @param {string} locale - Specifies the locale for which numericObject to be returned.
* @param {string} currency - Specifies the currency for which numericObject to be returned.
* @ignore
* @private
*/
export function getNumberDependable(locale: string, currency: string): string;
/**
* To get the default date CLDR object.
* @ignore
* @private
*/
export function getDefaultDateObject(mode?: string): Object;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-IntlBase/src/intl/date-formatter.d.ts
export const basicPatterns: string[];
/**
* Interface for Date Format Options Modules.
* @private
*/
export interface FormatOptions {
month?: Object;
weekday?: Object;
pattern?: string;
designator?: Object;
timeZone?: IntlBase.TimeZoneOptions;
era?: Object;
hour12?: boolean;
numMapper?: NumberMapper;
dateSeperator?: string;
isIslamic?: boolean;
}
export const datePartMatcher: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
/**
* Date Format is a framework provides support for date formatting.
* @private
*/
export class DateFormat {
/**
* Returns the formatter function for given skeleton.
* @param {string} - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting.
* @param {DateFormatOptions} - Specific the format in which date will format.
* @param {cldr} - Specifies the global cldr data collection.
* @return Function.
*/
static dateFormat(culture: string, option: DateFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function;
/**
* Returns formatted date string based on options passed.
* @param {Date} value
* @param {FormatOptions} options
*/
private static intDateFormatter;
private static getCurrentDateValue;
/**
* Returns two digit numbers for given value and length
*/
private static checkTwodigitNumber;
/**
* Returns the value of the Time Zone.
* @param {number} tVal
* @param {string} pattern
* @private
*/
static getTimeZoneValue(tVal: number, pattern: string): string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/date-parser.d.ts
/**
* Date Parser.
* @private
*/
export class DateParser {
/**
* Returns the parser function for given skeleton.
* @param {string} - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting.
* @param {DateFormatOptions} - Specific the format in which string date will be parsed.
* @param {cldr} - Specifies the global cldr data collection.
* @return Function.
*/
static dateParser(culture: string, option: DateFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function;
/**
* Returns date object for provided date options
* @param {DateParts} options
* @param {Date} value
* @returns {Date}
*/
private static getDateObject;
/**
* Returns date parsing options for provided value along with parse and numeric options
* @param {string} value
* @param {ParseOptions} parseOptions
* @param {NumericOptions} num
* @returns {DateParts}
*/
private static internalDateParse;
/**
* Returns parsed number for provided Numeric string and Numeric Options
* @param {string} value
* @param {NumericOptions} option
* @returns {number}
*/
private static internalNumberParser;
/**
* Returns parsed time zone RegExp for provided hour format and time zone
* @param {string} hourFormat
* @param {base.TimeZoneOptions} tZone
* @param {string} nRegex
* @returns {string}
*/
private static parseTimeZoneRegx;
/**
* Returns zone based value.
* @param {boolean} flag
* @param {string} val1
* @param {string} val2
* @param {NumericOptions} num
* @returns {number}
*/
private static getZoneValue;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/index.d.ts
/**
* Internationalization
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/intl-base.d.ts
/**
* Date base common constants and function for date parser and formatter.
*/
export namespace IntlBase {
const negativeDataRegex: RegExp;
const customRegex: RegExp;
const latnParseRegex: RegExp;
const defaultCurrency: string;
const islamicRegex: RegExp;
interface NumericSkeleton {
type?: string;
isAccount?: boolean;
fractionDigits?: number;
}
interface GenericFormatOptions {
nData?: NegativeData;
pData?: NegativeData;
zeroData?: NegativeData;
}
interface GroupSize {
primary?: number;
secondary?: number;
}
interface NegativeData extends FormatParts {
nlead?: string;
nend?: string;
groupPattern?: string;
minimumFraction?: number;
maximumFraction?: number;
}
const formatRegex: RegExp;
const currencyFormatRegex: RegExp;
const curWithoutNumberRegex: RegExp;
const dateParseRegex: RegExp;
const basicPatterns: string[];
interface Dependables {
parserObject?: Object;
dateObject?: Object;
numericObject?: Object;
}
interface TimeZoneOptions {
hourFormat?: string;
gmtFormat?: string;
gmtZeroFormat?: string;
}
const defaultObject: Object;
const monthIndex: Object;
/**
*
*/
const month: string;
const days: string;
/**
* Default numerber Object
*/
const patternMatcher: {
[key: string]: Object;
};
/**
* Returns the resultant pattern based on the skeleton, dateObject and the type provided
* @private
* @param {string} skeleton
* @param {Object} dateObject
* @param {string} type
* @returns {string}
*/
function getResultantPattern(skeleton: string, dateObject: Object, type: string, isIslamic?: boolean): string;
interface DateObject {
year?: number;
month?: number;
date?: number;
}
/**
* Returns the dependable object for provided cldr data and culture
* @private
* @param {Object} cldr
* @param {string} culture
* @param {boolean} isNumber
* @returns {Dependables}
*/
function getDependables(cldr: Object, culture: string, mode: string, isNumber?: boolean): Dependables;
/**
* Returns the symbol pattern for provided parameters
* @private
* @param {string} type
* @param {string} numSystem
* @param {Object} obj
* @param {boolean} isAccount
* @returns {string}
*/
function getSymbolPattern(type: string, numSystem: string, obj: Object, isAccount: boolean): string;
/**
* Returns proper numeric skeleton
* @private
* @param {string} skeleton
* @returns {NumericSkeleton}
*/
function getProperNumericSkeleton(skeleton: string): NumericSkeleton;
/**
* Returns format data for number formatting like minimum fraction, maximum fraction, etc..,
* @private
* @param {string} pattern
* @param {boolean} needFraction
* @param {string} cSymbol
* @param {boolean} fractionOnly
* @returns {NegativeData}
*/
function getFormatData(pattern: string, needFraction: boolean, cSymbol: string, fractionOnly?: boolean): NegativeData;
/**
* Returns currency symbol based on currency code
* @private
* @param {Object} numericObject
* @param {string} currencyCode
* @returns {string}
*/
function getCurrencySymbol(numericObject: Object, currencyCode: string): string;
/**
* Returns formatting options for custom number format
* @private
* @param {string} format
* @param {CommonOptions} dOptions
* @param {Dependables} obj
* @returns {GenericFormatOptions}
*/
function customFormat(format: string, dOptions: CommonOptions, obj: Dependables): GenericFormatOptions;
/**
* Returns formatting options for currency or percent type
* @private
* @param {string[]} parts
* @param {string} actual
* @param {string} symbol
* @returns {NegativeData}
*/
function isCurrencyPercent(parts: string[], actual: string, symbol: string): NegativeData;
/**
* Returns culture based date separator
* @private
* @param {Object} dateObj
* @returns {string}
*/
function getDateSeparator(dateObj: Object): string;
/**
* Returns Native Date Time pattern
* @private
* @param {string} culture
* @param {DateFormatOptions} options
* @param {Object} cldr
* @returns {string}
*/
function getActualDateTimeFormat(culture: string, options: DateFormatOptions, cldr?: Object, isExcelFormat?: boolean): string;
/**
* Returns Native Number pattern
* @private
* @param {string} culture
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} options
* @param {Object} cldr
* @returns {string}
*/
function getActualNumberFormat(culture: string, options: NumberFormatOptions, cldr?: Object): string;
function getWeekData(culture: string, cldr?: Object): number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-IntlBase/src/intl/number-formatter.d.ts
/**
* Interface for default formatting options
* @private
*/
export interface FormatParts extends IntlBase.NumericSkeleton, NumberFormatOptions {
groupOne?: boolean;
isPercent?: boolean;
isCurrency?: boolean;
isNegative?: boolean;
groupData?: GroupDetails;
groupSeparator?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for common formatting options
*/
export interface CommonOptions {
numberMapper?: NumberMapper;
currencySymbol?: string;
percentSymbol?: string;
minusSymbol?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for grouping process
*/
export interface GroupDetails {
primary?: number;
secondary?: number;
}
/**
* Module for number formatting.
* @private
*/
export class NumberFormat {
/**
* Returns the formatter function for given skeleton.
* @param {string} culture - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting.
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specific the format in which number will format.
* @param {Object} object- Specifies the global cldr data collection.
* @return Function.
*/
static numberFormatter(culture: string, option: NumberFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function;
/**
* Returns grouping details for the pattern provided
* @param {string} pattern
* @returns {GroupDetails}
*/
static getGroupingDetails(pattern: string): GroupDetails;
/**
* Returns if the provided integer range is valid.
* @param {number} val1
* @param {number} val2
* @param {boolean} checkbothExist
* @param {boolean} isFraction
* @returns {boolean}
*/
private static checkValueRange;
/**
* Check if the provided fraction range is valid
* @param {number} val
* @param {string} text
* @param {boolean} isFraction
* @returns {void}
*/
private static checkRange;
/**
* Returns formatted numeric string for provided formatting options
* @param {number} value
* @param {IntlBase.GenericFormatOptions} fOptions
* @param {CommonOptions} dOptions
* @returns {string}
*/
private static intNumberFormatter;
/**
* Returns significant digits processed numeric string
* @param {number} value
* @param {number} min
* @param {number} max
* @returns {string}
*/
private static processSignificantDigits;
/**
* Returns grouped numeric string
* @param {string} val
* @param {number} level1
* @param {string} sep
* @param {string} decimalSymbol
* @param {number} level2
* @returns {string}
*/
private static groupNumbers;
/**
* Returns fraction processed numeric string
* @param {number} value
* @param {number} min
* @param {number} max
* @returns {string}
*/
private static processFraction;
/**
* Returns integer processed numeric string
* @param {string} value
* @param {number} min
* @returns {string}
*/
private static processMinimumIntegers;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-IntlBase/src/intl/number-parser.d.ts
/**
* interface for Numeric Formatting Parts
*/
export interface NumericParts {
symbolRegex?: RegExp;
nData?: IntlBase.NegativeData;
pData?: IntlBase.NegativeData;
infinity?: string;
type?: string;
fractionDigits?: number;
isAccount?: boolean;
custom?: boolean;
}
/**
* Module for Number Parser.
* @private
*/
export class NumberParser {
/**
* Returns the parser function for given skeleton.
* @param {string} - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting.
* @param {NumberFormatOptions} - Specific the format in which number will parsed.
* @param {cldr} - Specifies the global cldr data collection.
* @return Function.
*/
static numberParser(culture: string, option: NumberFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function;
/**
* Returns parsed number for the provided formatting options
* @param {string} value
* @param {NumericParts} options
* @param {NumericOptions} numOptions
* @returns {number}
*/
private static getParsedNumber;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/parser-base.d.ts
/**
* Parser
*/
/**
* Interface for numeric Options
*/
export interface NumericOptions {
numericPair?: Object;
numericRegex?: string;
numberParseRegex?: RegExp;
symbolNumberSystem?: Object;
symbolMatch?: Object;
numberSystem?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for numeric object
*/
export interface NumericObject {
obj?: Object;
nSystem?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for number mapper
*/
export interface NumberMapper {
mapper?: Object;
timeSeparator?: string;
numberSymbols?: Object;
numberSystem?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for parser base
* @private
*/
export class ParserBase {
static nPair: string;
static nRegex: string;
static numberingSystems: Object;
/**
* Returns the cldr object for the culture specifies
* @param {Object} obj - Specifies the object from which culture object to be acquired.
* @param {string} cName - Specifies the culture name.
* @returns {Object}
*/
static getMainObject(obj: Object, cName: string): Object;
/**
* Returns the numbering system object from given cldr data.
* @param {Object} obj - Specifies the object from which number system is acquired.
* @returns {Object}
*/
static getNumberingSystem(obj: Object): Object;
/**
* Returns the reverse of given object keys or keys specified.
* @param {Object} prop - Specifies the object to be reversed.
* @param {number[]} keys - Optional parameter specifies the custom keyList for reversal.
* @returns {Object}
*/
static reverseObject(prop: Object, keys?: number[]): Object;
/**
* Returns the symbol regex by skipping the escape sequence.
* @param {string[]} props - Specifies the array values to be skipped.
* @returns {RegExp}
*/
static getSymbolRegex(props: string[]): RegExp;
private static getSymbolMatch;
/**
* Returns regex string for provided value
* @param {string} val
* @returns {string}
*/
private static constructRegex;
/**
* Returns the replaced value of matching regex and obj mapper.
* @param {string} value - Specifies the values to be replaced.
* @param {RegExp} regex - Specifies the regex to search.
* @param {Object} obj - Specifies the object matcher to be replace value parts.
* @returns {string}
*/
static convertValueParts(value: string, regex: RegExp, obj: Object): string;
/**
* Returns default numbering system object for formatting from cldr data
* @param {Object} obj
* @returns {NumericObject}
*/
static getDefaultNumberingSystem(obj: Object): NumericObject;
/**
* Returns the replaced value of matching regex and obj mapper.
*/
static getCurrentNumericOptions(curObj: Object, numberSystem: Object, needSymbols?: boolean): Object;
/**
* Returns number mapper object for the provided cldr data
* @param {Object} curObj
* @param {Object} numberSystem
* @param {boolean} isNumber
* @returns {NumberMapper}
*/
static getNumberMapper(curObj: Object, numberSystem: Object, isNumber?: boolean): NumberMapper;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/keyboard-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class KeyboardEvents
*/
export interface KeyboardEventsModel {
/**
* Specifies key combination and it respective action name.
* @default null
*/
keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string };
/**
* Specifies on which event keyboardEvents class should listen for key press. For ex., `keyup`, `keydown` or `keypress`
* @default keyup
*/
eventName?: string;
/**
* Specifies the listener when keyboard actions is performed.
* @event
*/
keyAction?: EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/keyboard.d.ts
/**
* KeyboardEvents
*/
export interface KeyboardEventArgs extends KeyboardEvent {
/**
* action of the KeyboardEvent
*/
action: string;
}
/**
* KeyboardEvents class enables you to bind key action desired key combinations for ex., Ctrl+A, Delete, Alt+Space etc.
* ```html
*
;
*
* ```
*/
export class KeyboardEvents extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* Specifies key combination and it respective action name.
* @default null
*/
keyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Specifies on which event keyboardEvents class should listen for key press. For ex., `keyup`, `keydown` or `keypress`
* @default keyup
*/
eventName: string;
/**
* Specifies the listener when keyboard actions is performed.
* @event
*/
keyAction: EmitType;
/**
* Initializes the KeyboardEvents
* @param {HTMLElement} element
* @param {KeyboardEventsModel} options
*/
constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: KeyboardEventsModel);
/**
* Unwire bound events and destroy the instance.
* @return {void}
*/
destroy(): void;
/**
* Function can be used to specify certain action if a property is changed
* @param newProp
* @param oldProp
* @returns {void}
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: KeyboardEventsModel, oldProp?: KeyboardEventsModel): void;
protected bind(): void;
/**
* To get the module name, returns 'keyboard'.
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Wiring event handlers to events
*/
private wireEvents;
/**
* Unwiring event handlers to events
*/
private unwireEvents;
/**
* To handle a key press event returns null
*/
private keyPressHandler;
private static configCache;
/**
* To get the key configuration data
* @param {string} config - configuration data
* returns {KeyData}
*/
private static getKeyConfigData;
private static getKeyCode;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/l10n.d.ts
/**
* L10n modules provides localized text for different culture.
* ```typescript
* //load global locale object common for all components.
* L10n.load({
* 'fr-BE': {
* 'button': {
* 'check': 'vérifié'
* }
* }
* });
* //set globale default locale culture.
* tsBaseLibrary.setCulture('fr-BE');
* let instance: L10n = new L10n('button', {
* check: 'checked'
* });
* //Get locale text for current property.
* instance.getConstant('check');
* //Change locale culture in a component.
* instance.setLocale('en-US');
* ```
*/
export class L10n {
private static locale;
private controlName;
private localeStrings;
private currentLocale;
/**
* Constructor
*/
constructor(controlName: string, localeStrings: Object, locale?: string);
/**
* Sets the locale text
* @param {string} locale
* @returns {void}
*/
setLocale(locale: string): void;
/**
* Sets the global locale for all components.
* @param {Object} localeObject - specifies the localeObject to be set as global locale.
*/
static load(localeObject: Object): void;
/**
* Returns current locale text for the property based on the culture name and control name.
* @param {string} propertyName - specifies the property for which localize text to be returned.
* @return string
*/
getConstant(prop: string): string;
/**
* Returns the control constant object for current object and the locale specified.
* @param {Object} curObject
* @param {string} locale
* @returns {Object}
*/
private intGetControlConstant;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/module-loader.d.ts
/**
* Interface for module declaration.
*/
export interface ModuleDeclaration {
/**
* Specifies the args for module declaration.
*/
args: Object[];
/**
* Specifies the member for module declaration.
*/
member: string;
/**
* Specifies whether it is a property or not.
*/
isProperty?: boolean;
}
export interface IParent {
[key: string]: any;
}
export class ModuleLoader {
private parent;
private loadedModules;
constructor(parent: IParent);
/**
* Inject required modules in component library
* @return {void}
* @param {ModuleDeclaration[]} requiredModules - Array of modules to be required
* @param {Function[]} moduleList - Array of modules to be injected from sample side
*/
inject(requiredModules: ModuleDeclaration[], moduleList: Function[]): void;
/**
* To remove the created object while destroying the control
* @return {void}
*/
clean(): void;
/**
* Removes all unused modules
* @param {ModuleDeclaration[]} moduleList
* @returns {void}
*/
private clearUnusedModule;
/**
* To get the name of the member.
* @param {string} name
* @returns {string}
*/
private getMemberName;
/**
* Returns boolean based on whether the module specified is loaded or not
* @param {string} modName
* @returns {boolean}
*/
private isModuleLoaded;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/notify-property-change.d.ts
/**
* Method used to create property. General syntax below.
* @param {T} defaultValue? - Specifies the default value of property.
* ```
* @Property('TypeScript')
* propertyName: Type;
* ```
* @private
*/
export function Property(defaultValue?: T | Object): PropertyDecorator;
/**
* Method used to create complex property. General syntax below.
* @param {T} defaultValue - Specifies the default value of property.
* @param {Function} type - Specifies the class type of complex object.
* ```
* @Complex({},Type)
* propertyName: Type;
* ```
* @private
*/
export function Complex(defaultValue: T, type: Function): PropertyDecorator;
/**
* Method used to create complex Factory property. General syntax below.
* @param {Function} defaultType - Specifies the default value of property.
* @param {Function} type - Specifies the class factory type of complex object.
* ```
* @ComplexFactory(defaultType, factoryFunction)
* propertyName: Type1 | Type2;
* ```
* @private
*/
export function ComplexFactory(type: Function): PropertyDecorator;
/**
* Method used to create complex array property. General syntax below.
* @param {T[]} defaultValue - Specifies the default value of property.
* @param {Function} type - Specifies the class type of complex object.
* ```
* @Collection([], Type);
* propertyName: Type;
* ```
* @private
*/
export function Collection(defaultValue: T[], type: Function): PropertyDecorator;
/**
* Method used to create complex factory array property. General syntax below.
* @param {T[]} defaultType - Specifies the default type of property.
* @param {Function} type - Specifies the class type of complex object.
* ```
* @Collection([], Type);
* propertyName: Type;
* ```
* @private
*/
export function CollectionFactory(type: Function): PropertyDecorator;
/**
* Method used to create event property. General syntax below.
* @param {Function} defaultValue? - Specifies the default value of property.
* @param {boolean} isComplex? - Specifies the whether it is complex object.
* ```
* @Event(()=>{return true;
})
* ```
* @private
*/
export function Event(): PropertyDecorator;
/**
* NotifyPropertyChanges is triggers the call back when the property has been changed.
*
* ```
* @NotifyPropertyChanges
* class DemoClass implements INotifyPropertyChanged {
*
* @Property()
* property1: string;
*
* dataBind: () => void;
*
* constructor() { }
*
* onPropertyChanged(newProp: any, oldProp: any) {
* // Called when property changed
* }
* }
* ```
* @private
*/
export function NotifyPropertyChanges(classConstructor: Function): void;
/**
* Interface to notify the changed properties
*/
export interface INotifyPropertyChanged {
onPropertyChanged(newProperties: Object, oldProperties?: Object): void;
}
/**
* Method used to create builder for the components
* @param {any} component -specifies the target component for which builder to be created.
* @private
*/
export function CreateBuilder(component: T): Object;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/observer.d.ts
/**
* Observer is used to perform event handling based the object.
* ```
* //Creating observer instance.
* let observer:Observer = Observer(this);
* let handler: Function = (a:number, b: number): number => {return a + b;
}
* //add handler to event.
* observe.on('eventname', handler);
* //remove handler from event.
* observe.off('eventname', handler);
* //notify the handlers in event.
* observe.notify('eventname');
* ```
*
*/
export interface BoundOptions {
handler?: Function;
context?: Object;
event?: string;
id?: string;
}
export class Observer {
private context;
private ranArray;
private boundedEvents;
constructor(context?: Object);
/**
* To attach handler for given property in current context.
* @param {string} property - specifies the name of the event.
* @param {Function} handler - Specifies the handler function to be called while event notified.
* @param {Object} context - Specifies the context binded to the handler.
* @param {string} id - specifies the random generated id.
* @return {void}
*/
on(property: string, handler: Function, context?: Object, id?: string): void;
/**
* To remove handlers from a event attached using on() function.
* @param {string} eventName - specifies the name of the event.
* @param {Function} handler - Optional argument specifies the handler function to be called while event notified.
* @param {string} id - specifies the random generated id.
* @return {void}
*/
off(property: string, handler?: Function, id?: string): void;
/**
* To notify the handlers in the specified event.
* @param {string} property - Specifies the event to be notify.
* @param {Object} args - Additional parameters to pass while calling the handler.
* @param {Function} successHandler - this function will invoke after event successfully triggered
* @param {Function} errorHandler - this function will invoke after event if it was failure to call.
* @return {void}
*/
notify(property: string, argument?: Object, successHandler?: Function, errorHandler?: Function): void | Object;
private blazorCallback;
isJson(value: string): boolean;
/**
* To destroy handlers in the event
*/
destroy(): void;
/**
* Returns if the property exists.
*/
private notExist;
/**
* Returns if the handler is present.
*/
private isHandlerPresent;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/template-engine.d.ts
export let blazorTemplates: object;
export function getRandomId(): string;
/**
* Interface for Template Engine.
*/
export interface ITemplateEngine {
compile: (templateString: string, helper?: Object) => (data: Object | JSON) => string;
}
/**
* Compile the template string into template function.
* @param {string} templateString - The template string which is going to convert.
* @param {Object} helper? - Helper functions as an object.
* @private
*/
export function compile(templateString: string, helper?: Object): (data: Object | JSON, component?: any, propName?: any) => NodeList;
export function updateBlazorTemplate(templateId?: string, templateName?: string, comp?: object, isEmpty?: boolean, callBack?: Function): void;
export function resetBlazorTemplate(templateId?: string, templateName?: string, index?: number): void;
/**
* Set your custom template engine for template rendering.
* @param {ITemplateEngine} classObj - Class object for custom template.
* @private
*/
export function setTemplateEngine(classObj: ITemplateEngine): void;
/**
* Get current template engine for template rendering.
* @param {ITemplateEngine} classObj - Class object for custom template.
* @private
*/
export function getTemplateEngine(): (template: string, helper?: Object) => (data: Object | JSON) => string;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/template.d.ts
/**
* Template Engine
*/
/**
* The function to set regular expression for template expression string.
* @param {RegExp} value - Value expression.
* @private
*/
export function expression(value?: RegExp): RegExp;
/**
* Compile the template string into template function.
* @param {string} template - The template string which is going to convert.
* @param {Object} helper? - Helper functions as an object.
* @private
*/
export function compile(template: string, helper?: Object): () => string;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/touch-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class SwipeSettings
*/
export interface SwipeSettingsModel {
/**
* Property specifies minimum distance of swipe moved.
*/
swipeThresholdDistance?: number;
}
/**
* Interface for a class Touch
*/
export interface TouchModel {
/**
* Specifies the callback function for tap event.
* @event
*/
tap?: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for tapHold event.
* @event
*/
tapHold?: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for swipe event.
* @event
*/
swipe?: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for scroll event.
* @event
*/
scroll?: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the time delay for tap.
* @default 350
*/
tapThreshold?: number;
/**
* Specifies the time delay for tap hold.
* @default 750
*/
tapHoldThreshold?: number;
/**
* Customize the swipe event configuration.
* @default { swipeThresholdDistance: 50 }
*/
swipeSettings?: SwipeSettingsModel;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/touch.d.ts
/**
* SwipeSettings is a framework module that provides support to handle swipe event like swipe up, swipe right, etc..,
*/
export class SwipeSettings extends ChildProperty {
/**
* Property specifies minimum distance of swipe moved.
*/
swipeThresholdDistance: number;
}
/**
* Touch class provides support to handle the touch event like tap, double tap, tap hold, etc..,
* ```typescript
* let node$: HTMLElement;
* let touchObj: Touch = new Touch({
* element: node,
* tap: function (e) {
* // tap handler function code
* }
* tapHold: function (e) {
* // tap hold handler function code
* }
* scroll: function (e) {
* // scroll handler function code
* }
* swipe: function (e) {
* // swipe handler function code
* }
* });
* ```
*/
export class Touch extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged {
private isTouchMoved;
private startPoint;
private movedPoint;
private endPoint;
private startEventData;
private lastTapTime;
private lastMovedPoint;
private scrollDirection;
private hScrollLocked;
private vScrollLocked;
private defaultArgs;
private distanceX;
private distanceY;
private movedDirection;
private tStampStart;
private touchAction;
private timeOutTap;
private modeClear;
private timeOutTapHold;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for tap event.
* @event
*/
tap: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for tapHold event.
* @event
*/
tapHold: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for swipe event.
* @event
*/
swipe: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the callback function for scroll event.
* @event
*/
scroll: EmitType;
/**
* Specifies the time delay for tap.
* @default 350
*/
tapThreshold: number;
/**
* Specifies the time delay for tap hold.
* @default 750
*/
tapHoldThreshold: number;
/**
* Customize the swipe event configuration.
* @default { swipeThresholdDistance: 50 }
*/
swipeSettings: SwipeSettingsModel;
private tapCount;
constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: TouchModel);
/**
* @private
* @param newProp
* @param oldProp
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: TouchModel, oldProp: TouchModel): void;
protected bind(): void;
/**
* To destroy the touch instance.
* @return {void}
*/
destroy(): void;
private wireEvents;
private unwireEvents;
/**
* Returns module name as touch
* @returns {string}
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Returns if the HTML element is Scrollable.
* @param {HTMLElement} element - HTML Element to check if Scrollable.
* @returns {boolean}
*/
private isScrollable;
private startEvent;
private moveEvent;
private cancelEvent;
private tapHoldEvent;
private endEvent;
private swipeFn;
private modeclear;
private calcPoints;
private calcScrollPoints;
private getVelocity;
private checkSwipe;
}
/**
* The argument type of `Tap` Event
*/
export interface TapEventArgs extends BaseEventArgs {
/**
* Original native event Object.
*/
originalEvent: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs;
/**
* Tap Count.
*/
tapCount?: number;
}
/**
* The argument type of `Scroll` Event
*/
export interface ScrollEventArgs extends BaseEventArgs {
/**
* Event argument for start event.
*/
startEvents: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs;
/**
* Original native event object for scroll.
*/
originalEvent: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs;
/**
* X position when scroll started.
*/
startX: number;
/**
* Y position when scroll started.
*/
startY: number;
/**
* The direction scroll.
*/
scrollDirection: string;
/**
* The total traveled distance from X position
*/
distanceX: number;
/**
* The total traveled distance from Y position
*/
distanceY: number;
/**
* The velocity of scroll.
*/
velocity: number;
}
/**
* The argument type of `Swipe` Event
*/
export interface SwipeEventArgs extends BaseEventArgs {
/**
* Event argument for start event.
*/
startEvents: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs;
/**
* Original native event object for swipe.
*/
originalEvent: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs;
/**
* X position when swipe started.
*/
startX: number;
/**
* Y position when swipe started.
*/
startY: number;
/**
* The direction swipe.
*/
swipeDirection: string;
/**
* The total traveled distance from X position
*/
distanceX: number;
/**
* The total traveled distance from Y position
*/
distanceY: number;
/**
* The velocity of swipe.
*/
velocity: number;
}
export interface TouchEventArgs extends MouseEvent {
/**
* A TouchList with touched points.
*/
changedTouches: MouseEventArgs[] | TouchEventArgs[];
/**
* Cancel the default action.
*/
preventDefault(): void;
/**
* The horizontal coordinate point of client area.
*/
clientX: number;
/**
* The vertical coordinate point of client area.
*/
clientY: number;
}
export interface MouseEventArgs extends MouseEvent {
/**
* A TouchList with touched points.
*/
changedTouches: MouseEventArgs[] | TouchEventArgs[];
/**
* Cancel the default action.
*/
preventDefault(): void;
/**
* The horizontal coordinate point of client area.
*/
clientX: number;
/**
* The vertical coordinate point of client area.
*/
clientY: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/util.d.ts
/**
* Common utility methods
*/
export interface IKeyValue extends CSSStyleDeclaration {
[key: string]: any;
}
/**
* Create Instance from constructor function with desired parameters.
* @param {Function} classFunction - Class function to which need to create instance
* @param {any[]} params - Parameters need to passed while creating instance
* @return {any}
* @private
*/
export function createInstance(classFunction: Function, params: any[]): any;
/**
* To run a callback function immediately after the browser has completed other operations.
* @param {Function} handler - callback function to be triggered.
* @return {Function}
* @private
*/
export function setImmediate(handler: Function): Function;
/**
* To get nameSpace value from the desired object.
* @param {string} nameSpace - String value to the get the inner object
* @param {any} obj - Object to get the inner object value.
* @return {any}
* @private
*/
export function getValue(nameSpace: string, obj: any): any;
/**
* To set value for the nameSpace in desired object.
* @param {string} nameSpace - String value to the get the inner object
* @param {any} value - Value that you need to set.
* @param {any} obj - Object to get the inner object value.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function setValue(nameSpace: string, value: any, obj: any): any;
/**
* Delete an item from Object
* @param {any} obj - Object in which we need to delete an item.
* @param {string} params - String value to the get the inner object
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function deleteObject(obj: any, key: string): void;
/**
* Check weather the given argument is only object.
* @param {any} obj - Object which is need to check.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
export function isObject(obj: any): boolean;
/**
* To get enum value by giving the string.
* @param {any} enumObject - Enum object.
* @param {string} enumValue - Enum value to be searched
* @return {any}
* @private
*/
export function getEnumValue(enumObject: any, enumValue: string | number): any;
/**
* Merge the source object into destination object.
* @param {any} source - source object which is going to merge with destination object
* @param {any} destination - object need to be merged
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function merge(source: Object, destination: Object): void;
/**
* Extend the two object with newer one.
* @param {any} copied - Resultant object after merged
* @param {Object} first - First object need to merge
* @param {Object} second - Second object need to merge
* @return {Object}
* @private
*/
export function extend(copied: Object, first: Object, second?: Object, deep?: boolean): Object;
/**
* To check whether the object is null or undefined.
* @param {Object} value - To check the object is null or undefined
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
export function isNullOrUndefined(value: Object): boolean;
/**
* To check whether the object is undefined.
* @param {Object} value - To check the object is undefined
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
export function isUndefined(value: Object): boolean;
/**
* To return the generated unique name
* @param {string} definedName - To concatenate the unique id to provided name
* @return {string}
* @private
*/
export function getUniqueID(definedName?: string): string;
/**
* It limits the rate at which a function can fire. The function will fire only once every provided second instead of as quickly.
* @param {Function} eventFunction - Specifies the function to run when the event occurs
* @param {number} delay - A number that specifies the milliseconds for function delay call option
* @return {Function}
* @private
*/
export function debounce(eventFunction: Function, delay: number): Function;
/**
* To convert the object to string for query url
* @param {Object} data
* @returns string
* @private
*/
export function queryParams(data: any): string;
/**
* To check whether the given array contains object.
* @param {T[]} value- Specifies the T type array to be checked.
* @private
*/
export function isObjectArray(value: T[]): boolean;
/**
* To check whether the child element is descendant to parent element or parent and child are same element.
* @param{Element} - Specifies the child element to compare with parent.
* @param{Element} - Specifies the parent element.
* @return boolean
* @private
*/
export function compareElementParent(child: Element, parent: Element): boolean;
/**
* To throw custom error message.
* @param{string} - Specifies the error message to be thrown.
* @private
*/
export function throwError(message: string): void;
/**
* This function is used to print given element
* @param{Element} element - Specifies the print content element.
* @param{Window} printWindow - Specifies the print window.
* @private
*/
export function print(element: Element, printWindow?: Window): Window;
/**
* Function to normalize the units applied to the element.
* @param {number|string} value
* @return {string} result
* @private
*/
export function formatUnit(value: number | string): string;
/**
* Function to check whether the platform is blazor or not.
* @return {boolean} result
* @private
*/
export function isBlazor(): boolean;
/**
* Function to convert xPath to DOM element in blazor platform
* @return {HTMLElement} result
* @param {HTMLElement | object} element
* @private
*/
export function getElement(element: object): HTMLElement;
/**
* Function to fetch the Instances of a HTML element for the given component.
* @param {string | HTMLElement} element
* @param {any} component
* @return {Object} inst
* @private
*/
export function getInstance(element: string | HTMLElement, component: any): Object;
/**
* Function to add instances for the given element.
* @param {string | HTMLElement} element
* @param {Object} instance
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
export function addInstance(element: string | HTMLElement, instance: Object): void;
/**
* Function to generate the unique id.
* @return {any}
* @private
*/
export function uniqueID(): any;
}
export namespace build {
}
export namespace buttons {
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/button/button-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Button
*/
export interface ButtonModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Positions the icon before/after the text content in the Button.
* The possible values are:
* * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content.
* * Right: The icon will be positioned to the right of the text content.
* @default "left"
*/
iconPosition?: IconPosition;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the Button that is used to include an icon.
* Buttons can also include font icon and sprite image.
* @default ""
*/
iconCss?: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the Button is `disabled` or not.
* @default false.
*/
disabled?: boolean;
/**
* Allows the appearance of the Button to be enhanced and visually appealing when set to `true`.
* @default false
*/
isPrimary?: boolean;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the Button element. The Button types, styles, and
* size can be defined by using
* [`this`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/button/howto.html?lang=typescript#create-a-block-button).
* @default ""
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Defines the text `content` of the Button element.
* @default ""
*/
content?: string;
/**
* Makes the Button toggle, when set to `true`. When you click it, the state changes from normal to active.
* @default false
*/
isToggle?: boolean;
/**
* Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'.
* @private
*/
locale?: string;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/button/button.d.ts
export type IconPosition = 'Left' | 'Right' | 'Top' | 'Bottom';
/**
* The Button is a graphical user interface element that triggers an event on its click action. It can contain a text, an image, or both.
* ```html
* Button
* ```
* ```typescript
*
* ```
*/
export class Button extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
private removeRippleEffect;
/**
* Positions the icon before/after the text content in the Button.
* The possible values are:
* * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content.
* * Right: The icon will be positioned to the right of the text content.
* @default "left"
*/
iconPosition: IconPosition;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the Button that is used to include an icon.
* Buttons can also include font icon and sprite image.
* @default ""
*/
iconCss: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the Button is `disabled` or not.
* @default false.
*/
disabled: boolean;
/**
* Allows the appearance of the Button to be enhanced and visually appealing when set to `true`.
* @default false
*/
isPrimary: boolean;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the Button element. The Button types, styles, and
* size can be defined by using
* [`this`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/button/howto.html?lang=typescript#create-a-block-button).
* @default ""
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Defines the text `content` of the Button element.
* @default ""
*/
content: string;
/**
* Makes the Button toggle, when set to `true`. When you click it, the state changes from normal to active.
* @default false
*/
isToggle: boolean;
/**
* Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'.
* @private
*/
locale: string;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
* @param {ButtonModel} options?
* @param {string|HTMLButtonElement} element?
*/
constructor(options?: ButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLButtonElement);
protected preRender(): void;
/**
* Initialize the control rendering
* @returns void
* @private
*/
render(): void;
private initialize;
private controlStatus;
private setIconCss;
protected wireEvents(): void;
protected unWireEvents(): void;
private btnClickHandler;
/**
* Destroys the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
/**
* Get component name.
* @returns string
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state.
* @returns string
* @private
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Dynamically injects the required modules to the component.
* @private
*/
static Inject(): void;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* @param {ButtonModel} newProp
* @param {ButtonModel} oldProp
* @returns void
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: ButtonModel, oldProp: ButtonModel): void;
/**
* Click the button element
* its native method
* @public
*/
click(): void;
/**
* Sets the focus to Button
* its native method
* @public
*/
focusIn(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/button/index.d.ts
/**
* Button modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/check-box/check-box-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class CheckBox
*/
export interface CheckBoxModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Triggers when the CheckBox state has been changed by user interaction.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `checked` or not.
* When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `checked` state.
* @default false
*/
checked?: boolean;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the CheckBox element.
* You can add custom styles to the CheckBox by using this property.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `disabled` or not.
* When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `disabled` state.
* @default false
*/
disabled?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is in `indeterminate` state or not.
* When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `indeterminate` state.
* @default false
*/
indeterminate?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the caption for the CheckBox, that describes the purpose of the CheckBox.
* @default ''
*/
label?: string;
/**
* Positions label `before`/`after` the CheckBox.
* The possible values are:
* * Before - The label is positioned to left of the CheckBox.
* * After - The label is positioned to right of the CheckBox.
* @default 'After'
*/
labelPosition?: LabelPosition;
/**
* Defines `name` attribute for the CheckBox.
* It is used to reference form data (CheckBox value) after a form is submitted.
* @default ''
*/
name?: string;
/**
* Defines `value` attribute for the CheckBox.
* It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form.
* @default ''
*/
value?: string;
/**
* You can add the additional html attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string;
};
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/check-box/check-box.d.ts
export type LabelPosition = 'After' | 'Before';
/**
* The CheckBox is a graphical user interface element that allows you to select one or more options from the choices.
* It contains checked, unchecked, and indeterminate states.
* ```html
*
*
* ```
*/
export class CheckBox extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
private tagName;
private isFocused;
private isMouseClick;
private keyboardModule;
private formElement;
private initialCheckedValue;
/**
* Triggers when the CheckBox state has been changed by user interaction.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `checked` or not.
* When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `checked` state.
* @default false
*/
checked: boolean;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the CheckBox element.
* You can add custom styles to the CheckBox by using this property.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `disabled` or not.
* When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `disabled` state.
* @default false
*/
disabled: boolean;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is in `indeterminate` state or not.
* When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `indeterminate` state.
* @default false
*/
indeterminate: boolean;
/**
* Defines the caption for the CheckBox, that describes the purpose of the CheckBox.
* @default ''
*/
label: string;
/**
* Positions label `before`/`after` the CheckBox.
* The possible values are:
* * Before - The label is positioned to left of the CheckBox.
* * After - The label is positioned to right of the CheckBox.
* @default 'After'
*/
labelPosition: LabelPosition;
/**
* Defines `name` attribute for the CheckBox.
* It is used to reference form data (CheckBox value) after a form is submitted.
* @default ''
*/
name: string;
/**
* Defines `value` attribute for the CheckBox.
* It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form.
* @default ''
*/
value: string;
/**
* You can add the additional html attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
* @private
*/
constructor(options?: CheckBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
private changeState;
private clickHandler;
/**
* Destroys the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
private focusHandler;
private focusOutHandler;
/**
* Gets the module name.
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Gets the properties to be maintained in the persistence state.
* @private
*/
getPersistData(): string;
private getWrapper;
private initialize;
private initWrapper;
private keyUpHandler;
private labelMouseHandler;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changes.
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: CheckBoxModel, oldProp: CheckBoxModel): void;
/**
* Initialize Angular, React and Unique ID support.
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
/**
* Initialize the control rendering.
* @private
*/
protected render(): void;
private setDisabled;
private setText;
private changeHandler;
private formResetHandler;
protected unWireEvents(): void;
protected wireEvents(): void;
protected updateHtmlAttributeToWrapper(): void;
/**
* Click the CheckBox element
* its native method
* @public
*/
click(): void;
/**
* Sets the focus to CheckBox
* its native method
* @public
*/
focusIn(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/check-box/index.d.ts
/**
* CheckBox modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/chip-list-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class ChipList
*/
export interface ChipListModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* This chips property helps to render ChipList component.
* @default []
*/
chips?: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[];
/**
* This text property helps to render Chip component.
* @default ''
*/
text?: string;
/**
* This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content.
* @default ''
*/
avatarText?: string;
/**
* This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element.
* @default ''
*/
avatarIconCss?: string;
/**
* This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element.
* @default ''
*/
leadingIconCss?: string;
/**
* This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element.
* @default ''
*/
trailingIconCss?: string;
/**
* This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component.
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean;
/**
* This selectedChips property helps to select chip items.
* @default []
*/
selectedChips?: number[] | number;
/**
* This selection property enables chip selection type.
* @default 'None'
*/
selection?: Selection;
/**
* This enableDelete property helps to enable delete functionality.
* @default false
*/
enableDelete?: boolean;
/**
* This created event will get triggered once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* This click event will get triggered once the chip is clicked.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClick'
*/
click?: base.EmitType;
/**
* This delete event will get triggered before removing the chip.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnDelete'
*/
delete?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/chip-list.d.ts
export const classNames: ClassNames;
export type Selection = 'Single' | 'Multiple' | 'None';
export interface ClassNames {
chipSet: string;
chip: string;
avatar: string;
text: string;
icon: string;
delete: string;
deleteIcon: string;
multiSelection: string;
singleSelection: string;
active: string;
chipWrapper: string;
iconWrapper: string;
focused: string;
disabled: string;
rtl: string;
}
export interface SelectedItems {
/**
* It denotes the selected items text.
*/
texts: string[];
/**
* It denotes the selected items index.
*/
Indexes: number[];
/**
* It denotes the selected items data.
*/
data: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[];
/**
* It denotes the selected items element.
*/
elements: HTMLElement[];
}
export interface SelectedItem {
/**
* It denotes the selected item text.
*/
text: string;
/**
* It denotes the selected item index.
*/
index: number;
/**
* It denotes the selected item data.
*/
data: string | number | ChipModel;
/**
* It denotes the selected item element.
*/
element: HTMLElement;
}
export interface ClickEventArgs {
/**
* It denotes the clicked item text.
*/
text: string;
/**
* It denotes the clicked item index.
*/
index?: number;
/**
* It denotes the clicked item data.
*/
data: string | number | ChipModel;
/**
* It denotes the clicked item element.
*/
element: HTMLElement;
/**
* It denotes whether the clicked item is selected or not.
*/
selected?: boolean;
/**
* It denotes the event.
*/
event: base.MouseEventArgs | base.KeyboardEventArgs;
}
export interface DeleteEventArgs {
/**
* It denotes the deleted item text.
*/
text: string;
/**
* It denotes the deleted item index.
*/
index: number;
/**
* It denotes the deleted item data.
*/
data: string | number | ChipModel;
/**
* It denotes the deleted Item element.
*/
element: HTMLElement;
/**
* It denotes whether the item can be deleted or not.
*/
cancel: boolean;
/**
* It denotes the event.
*/
event: base.MouseEventArgs | base.KeyboardEventArgs;
}
export interface ChipDataArgs {
/**
* It denotes the item text.
*/
text: string;
/**
* It denotes the Item index.
*/
index: number;
/**
* It denotes the item data.
*/
data: string | number | ChipModel;
/**
* It denotes the item element.
*/
element: HTMLElement;
}
/**
* A chip component is a small block of essential information, mostly used on contacts or filter tags.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
*
* ```
*/
export class ChipList extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* This chips property helps to render ChipList component.
* @default []
*/
chips: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[];
/**
* This text property helps to render Chip component.
* @default ''
*/
text: string;
/**
* This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content.
* @default ''
*/
avatarText: string;
/**
* This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element.
* @default ''
*/
avatarIconCss: string;
/**
* This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element.
* @default ''
*/
leadingIconCss: string;
/**
* This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element.
* @default ''
*/
trailingIconCss: string;
/**
* This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component.
* @default true
*/
enabled: boolean;
/**
* This selectedChips property helps to select chip items.
* @default []
*/
selectedChips: number[] | number;
/**
* This selection property enables chip selection type.
* @default 'None'
*/
selection: Selection;
/**
* This enableDelete property helps to enable delete functionality.
* @default false
*/
enableDelete: boolean;
/**
* This created event will get triggered once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* This click event will get triggered once the chip is clicked.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClick'
*/
click: base.EmitType;
/**
* This delete event will get triggered before removing the chip.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnDelete'
*/
delete: base.EmitType;
constructor(options?: ChipListModel, element?: string | HTMLElement);
private rippleFunctin;
private type;
private innerText;
preRender(): void;
render(): void;
private createChip;
private setAttributes;
private setRtl;
private chipCreation;
private getFieldValues;
private elementCreation;
/**
* A function that finds chip based on given input.
* @param {number | HTMLElement } fields - We can pass index number or element of chip.
*/
find(fields: number | HTMLElement): ChipDataArgs;
/**
* A function that adds chip items based on given input.
* @param {string[] | number[] | ChipModel[] | string | number | ChipModel} chipsData - We can pass array of string or
* array of number or array of chip model or string data or number data or chip model.
*/
add(chipsData: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[] | string | number | ChipModel): void;
/**
* A function that selects chip items based on given input.
* @param {number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]} fields - We can pass number or array of number
* or chip element or array of chip element.
*/
select(fields: number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]): void;
/**
* A function that removes chip items based on given input.
* @param {number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]} fields - We can pass number or array of number
* or chip element or array of chip element.
*/
remove(fields: number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]): void;
/**
* A function that returns selected chips data.
*/
getSelectedChips(): SelectedItem | SelectedItems;
private wireEvent;
private keyHandler;
private focusInHandler;
private focusOutHandler;
private clickHandler;
private selectionHandler;
private deleteHandler;
/**
* It is used to destroy the ChipList component.
*/
destroy(): void;
private removeMultipleAttributes;
getPersistData(): string;
getModuleName(): string;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: ChipList, oldProp: ChipList): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/chip.d.ts
/**
* Represents ChipList `Chip` model class.
*/
export class Chip {
/**
* This text property helps to render ChipList component.
* @default ''
*/
text: string;
/**
* This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content.
* @default ''
*/
avatarText: string;
/**
* This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element.
* @default ''
*/
avatarIconCss: string;
/**
* This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element.
* @default ''
*/
leadingIconCss: string;
/**
* This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element.
* @default ''
*/
trailingIconCss: string;
/**
* This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component.
* @default true
*/
enabled: boolean;
}
export interface ChipModel {
/**
* This text property helps to render ChipList component.
* @default ''
*/
text?: string;
/**
* This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content.
* @default ''
*/
avatarText?: string;
/**
* This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element.
* @default ''
*/
avatarIconCss?: string;
/**
* This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element.
* @default ''
*/
leadingIconCss?: string;
/**
* This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element.
* @default ''
*/
trailingIconCss?: string;
/**
* This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component.
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/index.d.ts
/**
* Chip modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/common/common.d.ts
/**
* Initialize wrapper element for angular.
* @private
*/
export function wrapperInitialize(createElement: CreateElementArgs, tag: string, type: string, element: HTMLInputElement, WRAPPER: string, role: string): HTMLInputElement;
export function getTextNode(element: HTMLElement): Node;
/**
* Destroy the button components.
* @private
*/
export function destroy(ejInst: Switch | CheckBox, wrapper: Element, tagName: string): void;
export function preRender(proxy: Switch | CheckBox, control: string, wrapper: string, element: HTMLInputElement, moduleName: string): void;
/**
* Creates CheckBox component UI with theming and ripple support.
* @private
*/
export function createCheckBox(createElement: CreateElementArgs, enableRipple?: boolean, options?: CheckBoxUtilModel): Element;
export function rippleMouseHandler(e: MouseEvent, rippleSpan: Element): void;
/**
* Append hidden input to given element
* @private
*/
export function setHiddenInput(proxy: Switch | CheckBox, wrap: Element): void;
export interface CheckBoxUtilModel {
checked?: boolean;
label?: string;
enableRtl?: boolean;
cssClass?: string;
}
export interface ChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/** Returns the event parameters of the CheckBox or Switch. */
event?: Event;
/** Returns the checked value of the CheckBox or Switch. */
checked?: boolean;
}
export type CreateElementArgs = (tag: string, prop?: {
id?: string;
className?: string;
innerHTML?: string;
styles?: string;
attrs?: {
[key: string]: string;
};
}) => HTMLElement;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/common/index.d.ts
/**
* Common modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/index.d.ts
/**
* Button all modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/radio-button/index.d.ts
/**
* RadioButton modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/radio-button/radio-button-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class RadioButton
*/
export interface RadioButtonModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* base.Event trigger when the RadioButton state has been changed by user interaction.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `checked` or not.
* When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `checked` state.
* @default false
*/
checked?: boolean;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the RadioButton element.
* You can add custom styles to the RadioButton by using this property.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `disabled` or not.
* When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `disabled` state.
* @default false
*/
disabled?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the caption for the RadioButton, that describes the purpose of the RadioButton.
* @default ''
*/
label?: string;
/**
* Positions label `before`/`after` the RadioButton.
* The possible values are:
* * Before: The label is positioned to left of the RadioButton.
* * After: The label is positioned to right of the RadioButton.
* @default 'After'
*/
labelPosition?: RadioLabelPosition;
/**
* Defines `name` attribute for the RadioButton.
* It is used to reference form data (RadioButton value) after a form is submitted.
* @default ''
*/
name?: string;
/**
* Defines `value` attribute for the RadioButton.
* It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form.
* @default ''
*/
value?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/radio-button/radio-button.d.ts
export type RadioLabelPosition = 'After' | 'Before';
/**
* The RadioButton is a graphical user interface element that allows you to select one option from the choices.
* It contains checked and unchecked states.
* ```html
*
*
* ```
*/
export class RadioButton extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
private tagName;
private isFocused;
private formElement;
private initialCheckedValue;
private angularValue;
/**
* Event trigger when the RadioButton state has been changed by user interaction.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `checked` or not.
* When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `checked` state.
* @default false
*/
checked: boolean;
/**
* Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the RadioButton element.
* You can add custom styles to the RadioButton by using this property.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `disabled` or not.
* When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `disabled` state.
* @default false
*/
disabled: boolean;
/**
* Defines the caption for the RadioButton, that describes the purpose of the RadioButton.
* @default ''
*/
label: string;
/**
* Positions label `before`/`after` the RadioButton.
* The possible values are:
* * Before: The label is positioned to left of the RadioButton.
* * After: The label is positioned to right of the RadioButton.
* @default 'After'
*/
labelPosition: RadioLabelPosition;
/**
* Defines `name` attribute for the RadioButton.
* It is used to reference form data (RadioButton value) after a form is submitted.
* @default ''
*/
name: string;
/**
* Defines `value` attribute for the RadioButton.
* It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form.
* @default ''
*/
value: string;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
* @private
*/
constructor(options?: RadioButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
private changeHandler;
private updateChange;
/**
* Destroys the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
private focusHandler;
private focusOutHandler;
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To get the value of selected radio button in a group.
* @method getSelectedValue
* @return {string}
*/
getSelectedValue(): string;
private getRadioGroup;
/**
* Gets the properties to be maintained in the persistence state.
* @private
*/
getPersistData(): string;
private getLabel;
private initialize;
private initWrapper;
private keyUpHandler;
private labelRippleHandler;
private formResetHandler;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changes.
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: RadioButtonModel, oldProp: RadioButtonModel): void;
/**
* Initialize checked Property, Angular and React and Unique ID support.
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
/**
* Initialize the control rendering
* @private
*/
protected render(): void;
private setDisabled;
private setText;
protected unWireEvents(): void;
protected wireEvents(): void;
/**
* Click the RadioButton element
* its native method
* @public
*/
click(): void;
/**
* Sets the focus to RadioButton
* its native method
* @public
*/
focusIn(): void;
}
export interface ChangeArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/** Returns the value of the RadioButton. */
value?: string;
/** Returns the event parameters of the RadioButton. */
event?: Event;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/switch/index.d.ts
/**
* Switch modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/switch/switch-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Switch
*/
export interface SwitchModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Triggers when Switch state has been changed by user interaction.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `checked` or not.
* When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `checked` state.
* @default false
*/
checked?: boolean;
/**
* You can add custom styles to the Switch by using this property.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `disabled` or not.
* When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `disabled` state.
* @default false
*/
disabled?: boolean;
/**
* Defines `name` attribute for the Switch.
* It is used to reference form data (Switch value) after a form is submitted.
* @default ''
*/
name?: string;
/**
* Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in checked state.
* @default ''
*/
onLabel?: string;
/**
* Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in unchecked state.
* @default ''
*/
offLabel?: string;
/**
* Defines `value` attribute for the Switch.
* It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form.
* @default ''
*/
value?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/switch/switch.d.ts
/**
* The Switch is a graphical user interface element that allows you to toggle between checked and unchecked states.
* ```html
*
*
* ```
*/
export class Switch extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
private tagName;
private isFocused;
private isDrag;
private delegateMouseUpHandler;
private delegateKeyUpHandler;
private formElement;
private initialSwitchCheckedValue;
/**
* Triggers when Switch state has been changed by user interaction.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers once the component rendering is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `checked` or not.
* When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `checked` state.
* @default false
*/
checked: boolean;
/**
* You can add custom styles to the Switch by using this property.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `disabled` or not.
* When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `disabled` state.
* @default false
*/
disabled: boolean;
/**
* Defines `name` attribute for the Switch.
* It is used to reference form data (Switch value) after a form is submitted.
* @default ''
*/
name: string;
/**
* Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in checked state.
* @default ''
*/
onLabel: string;
/**
* Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in unchecked state.
* @default ''
*/
offLabel: string;
/**
* Defines `value` attribute for the Switch.
* It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form.
* @default ''
*/
value: string;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget.
* @private
*/
constructor(options?: SwitchModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
private changeState;
private clickHandler;
/**
* Destroys the Switch widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
private focusHandler;
private focusOutHandler;
/**
* Gets the module name.
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Gets the properties to be maintained in the persistence state.
* @private
*/
getPersistData(): string;
private getWrapper;
private initialize;
private initWrapper;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changes.
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: SwitchModel, oldProp: SwitchModel): void;
/**
* Initialize Angular, React and Unique ID support.
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
/**
* Initialize control rendering.
* @private
*/
protected render(): void;
private rippleHandler;
private rippleTouchHandler;
private setDisabled;
private setLabel;
private switchFocusHandler;
private switchMouseUp;
private formResetHandler;
/**
* Toggle the Switch component state into checked/unchecked.
* @returns void
*/
toggle(): void;
private wireEvents;
private unWireEvents;
/**
* Click the switch element
* its native method
* @public
*/
click(): void;
/**
* Sets the focus to Switch
* its native method
* @public
*/
focusIn(): void;
}
}
export namespace calendars {
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/calendar-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class CalendarBase
* @private
*/
export interface CalendarBaseModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the Calendar.
* @default new Date(1900, 00, 01)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(1900, 01, 01)
*/
min?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the Calendar.
* @default new Date(2099, 11, 31)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(2099, 12, 31)
*/
max?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture.
* @default 0
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
* > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to
* [`First day of week`](../../calendar/how-to/first-day-of-week#change-the-first-day-of-the-week) documentation.
*/
firstDayOfWeek?: number;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic.
* @default Gregorian
*/
calendarMode?: CalendarType;
/**
* Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened.
* With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view.
* @default Month
*
*
*
*
* View
* Description
*
*
* Month
* Calendar view shows the days of the month.
*
*
* Year
* Calendar view shows the months of the year.
*
*
* Decade
* Calendar view shows the years of the decade.
*
*
* > For more details about start refer to
* [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation.
*/
start?: CalendarView;
/**
* Sets the maximum level of view such as month, year, and decade in the Calendar.
* Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation.
* @default Month
*
*
*
*
* view
* Description
*
*
* Month
* Calendar view shows up to the days of the month.
*
*
* Year
* Calendar view shows up to the months of the year.
*
*
* Decade
* Calendar view shows up to the years of the decade.
*
*
* > For more details about depth refer to
* [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation.
*/
depth?: CalendarView;
/**
* Determines whether the week number of the year is to be displayed in the calendar or not.
* @default false
* > For more details about weekNumber refer to
* [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation.
*/
weekNumber?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not.
* @default true
*/
showTodayButton?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the format of the day that to be displayed in header. By default, the format is ‘short’.
* Possible formats are:
* * `Short` - Sets the short format of day name (like Su ) in day header.
* * `Narrow` - Sets the single character of day name (like S ) in day header.
* * `Abbreviated` - Sets the min format of day name (like Sun ) in day header.
* * `Wide` - Sets the long format of day name (like Sunday ) in day header.
* @default Short
*/
dayHeaderFormat?: DayHeaderFormats;
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence?: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in Calendar.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string };
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another level or within the same level of view.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Navigated'
*/
navigated?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnRenderDayCell'
*/
renderDayCell?: base.EmitType;
}
/**
* Interface for a class Calendar
*/
export interface CalendarModel extends CalendarBaseModel{
/**
* Gets or sets the selected date of the Calendar.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
value?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar.
* @default null
*/
values?: Date[];
/**
* Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar.
* @default false
*/
isMultiSelection?: boolean;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar value is changed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/calendar.d.ts
/**
* Specifies the view of the calendar.
*/
export type CalendarView = 'Month' | 'Year' | 'Decade';
export type CalendarType = 'Islamic' | 'Gregorian';
export type DayHeaderFormats = 'Short' | 'Narrow' | 'Abbreviated' | 'Wide';
/**
*
* @private
*/
export class CalendarBase extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
protected headerElement: HTMLElement;
protected contentElement: HTMLElement;
private calendarEleCopy;
protected table: HTMLElement;
protected tableHeadElement: HTMLElement;
protected tableBodyElement: Element;
protected nextIcon: HTMLElement;
protected previousIcon: HTMLElement;
protected headerTitleElement: HTMLElement;
protected todayElement: HTMLElement;
protected footer: HTMLElement;
protected keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents;
protected globalize: base.Internationalization;
islamicModule: Islamic;
protected currentDate: Date;
protected navigatedArgs: NavigatedEventArgs;
protected renderDayCellArgs: RenderDayCellEventArgs;
protected effect: string;
protected previousDate: Date;
protected previousValues: number;
protected navigateHandler: Function;
protected navigatePreviousHandler: Function;
protected navigateNextHandler: Function;
protected l10: base.L10n;
protected todayDisabled: boolean;
protected tabIndex: string;
protected todayDate: Date;
protected calendarElement: HTMLElement;
protected isPopupClicked: boolean;
protected isDateSelected: boolean;
protected defaultKeyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the Calendar.
* @default new Date(1900, 00, 01)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(1900, 01, 01)
*/
min: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the Calendar.
* @default new Date(2099, 11, 31)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(2099, 12, 31)
*/
max: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture.
* @default 0
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
* > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to
* [`First day of week`](../../calendar/how-to/first-day-of-week#change-the-first-day-of-the-week) documentation.
*/
firstDayOfWeek: number;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic.
* @default Gregorian
*/
calendarMode: CalendarType;
/**
* Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened.
* With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view.
* @default Month
*
*
*
*
* View
* Description
*
*
* Month
* Calendar view shows the days of the month.
*
*
* Year
* Calendar view shows the months of the year.
*
*
* Decade
* Calendar view shows the years of the decade.
*
*
* > For more details about start refer to
* [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation.
*/
start: CalendarView;
/**
* Sets the maximum level of view such as month, year, and decade in the Calendar.
* Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation.
* @default Month
*
*
*
*
* view
* Description
*
*
* Month
* Calendar view shows up to the days of the month.
*
*
* Year
* Calendar view shows up to the months of the year.
*
*
* Decade
* Calendar view shows up to the years of the decade.
*
*
* > For more details about depth refer to
* [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation.
*/
depth: CalendarView;
/**
* Determines whether the week number of the year is to be displayed in the calendar or not.
* @default false
* > For more details about weekNumber refer to
* [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation.
*/
weekNumber: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not.
* @default true
*/
showTodayButton: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the format of the day that to be displayed in header. By default, the format is ‘short’.
* Possible formats are:
* * `Short` - Sets the short format of day name (like Su ) in day header.
* * `Narrow` - Sets the single character of day name (like S ) in day header.
* * `Abbreviated` - Sets the min format of day name (like Sun ) in day header.
* * `Wide` - Sets the long format of day name (like Sunday ) in day header.
* @default Short
*/
dayHeaderFormat: DayHeaderFormats;
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in Calendar.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another level or within the same level of view.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Navigated'
*/
navigated: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnRenderDayCell'
*/
renderDayCell: base.EmitType;
/**
* Initialized new instance of Calendar Class.
* Constructor for creating the widget
* @param {CalendarModel} options?
* @param {string|HTMLElement} element?
*/
constructor(options?: CalendarBaseModel, element?: string | HTMLElement);
/**
* To Initialize the control rendering.
* @returns void
* @private
*/
protected render(): void;
protected rangeValidation(min: Date, max: Date): void;
protected validateDate(value?: Date): void;
protected setOverlayIndex(popupWrapper: HTMLElement, popupElement: HTMLElement, modal: HTMLElement, isDevice: Boolean): void;
protected minMaxUpdate(value?: Date): void;
protected createHeader(): void;
protected createContent(): void;
protected getCultureValues(): string[];
protected createContentHeader(): void;
protected createContentBody(): void;
protected updateFooter(): void;
protected createContentFooter(): void;
protected wireEvents(): void;
protected todayButtonClick(value?: Date): void;
protected keyActionHandle(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs, value?: Date, multiSelection?: boolean): void;
protected KeyboardNavigate(number: number, currentView: number, e: KeyboardEvent, max: Date, min: Date): void;
/**
* Initialize the event handler
* @private
*/
protected preRender(value?: Date): void;
protected minMaxDate(localDate: Date): Date;
protected renderMonths(e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
protected renderDays(currentDate: Date, e?: Event, value?: Date, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): HTMLElement[];
protected updateFocus(otherMonth: boolean, disabled: boolean, localDate: Date, tableElement: HTMLElement, currentDate: Date): void;
protected renderYears(e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
protected renderDecades(e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
protected dayCell(localDate: Date): HTMLElement;
protected firstDay(date: Date): Date;
protected lastDay(date: Date, view: number): Date;
protected checkDateValue(value: Date): Date;
protected findLastDay(date: Date): Date;
protected removeTableHeadElement(): void;
protected renderTemplate(elements: HTMLElement[], count: number, classNm: string, e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent, value: Date): void;
protected clickEventEmitter(e: MouseEvent): void;
protected contentClick(e?: MouseEvent, view?: number, element?: Element, value?: Date): void;
protected switchView(view: number, e?: Event, multiSelection?: boolean): void;
/**
* To get component name
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[];
/**
* Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh.
* @returns string
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* returns void
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: CalendarBaseModel, oldProp: CalendarBaseModel, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): void;
/**
* values property updated with considered disabled dates of the calendar.
*/
protected validateValues(multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): void;
protected setValueUpdate(): void;
protected copyValues(values: Date[]): Date[];
protected titleUpdate(date: Date, view: string): void;
protected setActiveDescendant(): string;
protected iconHandler(): void;
/**
* Destroys the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
protected title(e?: Event): void;
protected getViewNumber(stringVal: string): number;
protected navigateTitle(e?: Event): void;
protected previous(): void;
protected navigatePrevious(e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void;
protected next(): void;
protected navigateNext(eve: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void;
/**
* This method is used to navigate to the month/year/decade view of the Calendar.
* @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the Calendar.
* @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view.
* @returns void
*/
navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void;
/**
* Gets the current view of the Calendar.
* @returns string
*/
currentView(): string;
protected getDateVal(date: Date, value: Date): boolean;
protected getCultureObjects(ld: Object, c: string): Object;
protected getWeek(d: Date): number;
protected setStartDate(date: Date, time: number): void;
protected addMonths(date: Date, i: number): void;
protected addYears(date: Date, i: number): void;
protected getIdValue(e: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent, element: Element): Date;
protected adjustLongHeaderSize(): void;
protected selectDate(e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, date: Date, node: Element, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): void;
protected checkPresentDate(dates: Date, values: Date[]): boolean;
protected setAriaActiveDescendant(): void;
protected previousIconHandler(disabled: boolean): void;
protected renderDayCellEvent(args: RenderDayCellEventArgs): void;
protected navigatedEvent(eve: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void;
protected triggerNavigate(event: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void;
protected nextIconHandler(disabled: boolean): void;
protected compare(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, modifier: number): number;
protected isMinMaxRange(date: Date): boolean;
protected isMonthYearRange(date: Date): boolean;
protected compareYear(start: Date, end: Date): number;
protected compareDecade(start: Date, end: Date): number;
protected shiftArray(array: string[], i: number): string[];
protected addDay(date: Date, i: number, e: KeyboardEvent, max: Date, min: Date): void;
protected findNextTD(date: Date, column: number, max: Date, min: Date): boolean;
protected getMaxDays(d: Date): number;
protected setDateDecade(date: Date, year: number): void;
protected setDateYear(date: Date, value: Date): void;
protected compareMonth(start: Date, end: Date): number;
protected checkValue(inValue: string | Date | number): string;
protected checkView(): void;
}
/**
* Represents the Calendar component that allows the user to select a date.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
*
* ```
*/
export class Calendar extends CalendarBase {
protected changedArgs: ChangedEventArgs;
protected changeHandler: Function;
/**
* Gets or sets the selected date of the Calendar.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
value: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar.
* @default null
*/
values: Date[];
/**
* Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar.
* @default false
*/
isMultiSelection: boolean;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar value is changed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change: base.EmitType;
/**
* Initialized new instance of Calendar Class.
* Constructor for creating the widget
* @param {CalendarModel} options?
* @param {string|HTMLElement} element?
*/
constructor(options?: CalendarModel, element?: string | HTMLElement);
/**
* To Initialize the control rendering.
* @returns void
* @private
*/
protected render(): void;
protected formResetHandler(): void;
protected validateDate(): void;
protected minMaxUpdate(): void;
protected generateTodayVal(value: Date): Date;
protected todayButtonClick(): void;
protected keyActionHandle(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
/**
* Initialize the event handler
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
createContent(): void;
protected minMaxDate(localDate: Date): Date;
protected renderMonths(e?: Event): void;
protected renderDays(currentDate: Date, e?: Event): HTMLElement[];
protected renderYears(e?: Event): void;
protected renderDecades(e?: Event): void;
protected renderTemplate(elements: HTMLElement[], count: number, classNm: string, e?: Event): void;
protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent): void;
protected switchView(view: number, e?: Event): void;
/**
* To get component name
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh.
* @returns string
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* returns void
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: CalendarModel, oldProp: CalendarModel): void;
/**
* Destroys the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
/**
* This method is used to navigate to the month/year/decade view of the Calendar.
* @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the Calendar.
* @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view.
* @returns void
*/
navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void;
/**
* Gets the current view of the Calendar.
* @returns string
*/
currentView(): string;
/**
* This method is used to add the single or multiple dates to the values property of the Calendar.
* @param {Date || Date[]} dates - Specifies the date or dates to be added to the values property of the Calendar.
* @returns void
*/
addDate(dates: Date | Date[]): void;
/**
* This method is used to remove the single or multiple dates from the values property of the Calendar.
* @param {Date || Date[]} dates - Specifies the date or dates which need to be removed from the values property of the Calendar.
* @returns void
*/
removeDate(dates: Date | Date[]): void;
protected update(): void;
protected selectDate(e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, date: Date, element: Element): void;
protected changeEvent(e: Event): void;
protected triggerChange(e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void;
}
export interface NavigatedEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/** Defines the current view of the Calendar. */
view?: string;
/** Defines the focused date in a view. */
date?: Date;
/**
* Specifies the original event arguments.
*/
event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event;
}
export interface RenderDayCellEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/** Specifies whether to disable the current date or not. */
isDisabled?: boolean;
/** Specifies the day cell element. */
element?: HTMLElement;
/** Defines the current date of the Calendar. */
date?: Date;
/** Defines whether the current date is out of range (less than min or greater than max) or not. */
isOutOfRange?: boolean;
}
export interface ChangedEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/** Defines the selected date of the Calendar. */
value?: Date;
/** Defines the multiple selected date of the Calendar. */
values?: Date[];
/**
* Specifies the original event arguments.
*/
event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event;
/** Defines the element. */
element?: HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement;
/**
* If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false.
*/
isInteracted?: boolean;
}
export interface IslamicObject {
year: number;
date: number;
month: number;
}
/**
* Defines the argument for the focus event.
*/
export interface FocusEventArgs {
model?: Object;
}
/**
* Defines the argument for the blur event.
*/
export interface BlurEventArgs {
model?: Object;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/index.d.ts
/**
* Calendar modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/islamic.d.ts
export class Islamic {
constructor(instance: Calendar);
private calendarInstance;
getModuleName(): string;
islamicTitleUpdate(date: Date, view: string): void;
islamicRenderDays(currentDate: Date, value?: Date, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): HTMLElement[];
islamicIconHandler(): void;
islamicNext(): void;
islamicPrevious(): void;
islamicRenderYears(e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
islamicRenderDecade(e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
islamicDayCell(localDate: Date): HTMLElement;
islamicRenderTemplate(elements: HTMLElement[], count: number, classNm: string, e?: Event, value?: Date): void;
islamicCompareMonth(start: Date, end: Date): number;
islamicCompare(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, modifier: number): number;
getIslamicDate(date: Date): any;
toGregorian(year: number, month: number, date: number): Date;
hijriCompareYear(start: Date, end: Date): number;
hijriCompareDecade(start: Date, end: Date): number;
destroy(): void;
protected islamicInValue(inValue: string | Date | number): string;
}
export interface IslamicDateArgs {
year: number;
date: number;
month: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datepicker/datepicker-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class DatePicker
*/
export interface DatePickerModel extends CalendarModel{
/**
* Specifies the width of the DatePicker component.
* @default null
*/
width?: number | string;
/**
* Specifies the root CSS class of the DatePicker that allows to
* customize the appearance by overriding the styles.
* @default null
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid date value within a specified range or else it
* will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false.
* it allows invalid or out-of-range date value with highlighted error class.
* @default false
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../datepicker/strict-mode/) documentation.
*/
strictMode?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the format of the value that to be displayed in component. By default, the format is based on the culture.
* @default null
* @aspType string
* @blazorType string
*/
format?: string | FormatObject;
/**
* Specifies the component to be disabled or not.
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean;
/**
* You can add the additional html base.attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar.
* @default null
* @private
*/
values?: Date[];
/**
* Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar.
* @default false
* @private
*/
isMultiSelection?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox.
* @default true
*/
showClearButton?: boolean;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit?: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in DatePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
* inputs.Input Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* altDownArrow
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* Calendar Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string };
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence?: boolean;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the datePicker popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex?: number;
/**
* Specifies the component in readonly state. When the Component is readonly it does not allow user input.
* @default false
*/
readonly?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that displayed in textbox.
* @default null
*/
placeholder?: string;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text to be floated.
* Possible values are:
* Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available.
* Always: The floating label will always float above the input.
* Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input.
* @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never
* @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType | string;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
open?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
close?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the input loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the input gets focus.
* @event
*/
focus?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datepicker/datepicker.d.ts
export interface FormatObject {
/**
* Specifies the format in which the date format will process
*/
skeleton?: string;
}
/**
* Represents the DatePicker component that allows user to select
* or enter a date value.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
*
* ```
*/
export class DatePicker extends Calendar implements inputs.IInput {
protected popupObj: popups.Popup;
protected inputWrapper: inputs.InputObject;
private modal;
protected inputElement: HTMLInputElement;
protected popupWrapper: HTMLElement;
protected changedArgs: ChangedEventArgs;
protected previousDate: Date;
private keyboardModules;
private calendarKeyboardModules;
protected previousElementValue: string;
protected ngTag: string;
protected dateTimeFormat: string;
protected inputElementCopy: HTMLElement;
protected inputValueCopy: Date;
protected l10n: base.L10n;
protected preventArgs: PopupObjectArgs;
private isDateIconClicked;
protected isAltKeyPressed: boolean;
private isInteracted;
private index;
private formElement;
protected invalidValueString: string;
private checkPreviousValue;
protected formatString: string;
protected tabIndex: string;
private datepickerOptions;
protected defaultKeyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
protected mobilePopupWrapper: HTMLElement;
/**
* Specifies the width of the DatePicker component.
* @default null
*/
width: number | string;
/**
* Specifies the root CSS class of the DatePicker that allows to
* customize the appearance by overriding the styles.
* @default null
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid date value within a specified range or else it
* will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false.
* it allows invalid or out-of-range date value with highlighted error class.
* @default false
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../datepicker/strict-mode/) documentation.
*/
strictMode: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the format of the value that to be displayed in component. By default, the format is based on the culture.
* @default null
* @aspType string
* @blazorType string
*/
format: string | FormatObject;
/**
* Specifies the component to be disabled or not.
* @default true
*/
enabled: boolean;
/**
* You can add the additional html attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar.
* @default null
* @private
*/
values: Date[];
/**
* Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar.
* @default false
* @private
*/
isMultiSelection: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox.
* @default true
*/
showClearButton: boolean;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in DatePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
* Input Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* altDownArrow
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* Calendar Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence: boolean;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the datePicker popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex: number;
/**
* Specifies the component in readonly state. When the Component is readonly it does not allow user input.
* @default false
*/
readonly: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that displayed in textbox.
* @default null
*/
placeholder: string;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text to be floated.
* Possible values are:
* Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available.
* Always: The floating label will always float above the input.
* Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input.
* @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never
* @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType | string;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
open: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
close: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the input loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the input gets focus.
* @event
*/
focus: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed: base.EmitType;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget.
*/
constructor(options?: DatePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
/**
* To Initialize the control rendering.
* @return void
* @private
*/
render(): void;
protected setAllowEdit(): void;
protected updateIconState(): void;
private initialize;
private createInput;
protected updateInput(): void;
protected minMaxUpdates(): void;
private checkStringValue;
protected checkInvalidValue(value: Date): void;
private bindInputEvent;
protected bindEvents(): void;
protected resetFormHandler(): void;
protected restoreValue(): void;
private inputChangeHandler;
private bindClearEvent;
protected resetHandler(e?: MouseEvent): void;
private clear;
private dateIconHandler;
protected updateHtmlAttributeToWrapper(): void;
protected updateHtmlAttributeToElement(): void;
private CalendarKeyActionHandle;
private inputFocusHandler;
private inputHandler;
private inputBlurHandler;
private documentHandler;
protected inputKeyActionHandle(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected defaultAction(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected popupUpdate(): void;
protected strictModeUpdate(): void;
private createCalendar;
private setAriaDisabled;
private modelHeader;
protected changeTrigger(event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void;
protected navigatedEvent(): void;
protected changeEvent(event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event): void;
requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[];
protected selectCalendar(e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event): void;
protected isCalendar(): boolean;
protected setWidth(width: number | string): void;
/**
* Shows the Calendar.
* @returns void
*/
show(type?: null | string, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
/**
* Hide the Calendar.
* @returns void
*/
hide(event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event): void;
private closeEventCallback;
/**
* Sets the focus to widget for interaction.
* @returns void
*/
focusIn(triggerEvent?: boolean): void;
/**
* Remove the focus from widget, if the widget is in focus state.
* @returns void
*/
focusOut(): void;
/**
* Gets the current view of the DatePicker.
* @returns string
*/
currentView(): string;
/**
* Navigates to specified month or year or decade view of the DatePicker.
* @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the calendar.
* @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view.
* @returns void
*/
navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void;
/**
* To destroy the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
protected ensureInputAttribute(): void;
/**
* Initialize the event handler
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
protected validationAttribute(target: HTMLElement, inputElement: Element): void;
protected checkFormat(): void;
private checkHtmlAttributes;
/**
* To get component name.
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
private disabledDates;
private setAriaAttributes;
protected errorClass(): void;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* returns void
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: DatePickerModel, oldProp: DatePickerModel): void;
}
export interface PopupObjectArgs {
/** Prevents the default action */
preventDefault?: Function;
/**
* Defines the DatePicker popup element.
* @deprecated
*/
popup?: popups.Popup;
/**
* Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not.
*/
cancel?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the original event arguments.
*/
event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event;
/**
* Specifies the node to which the popup element to be appended.
*/
appendTo?: HTMLElement;
}
export interface PreventableEventArgs {
/** Prevents the default action */
preventDefault?: Function;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datepicker/index.d.ts
/**
* Datepicker modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/daterangepicker/daterangepicker-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Presets
*/
export interface PresetsModel {
/**
* Defines the label string of the preset range.
*/
label?: string;
/**
* Defines the start date of the preset range.
*/
start?: Date;
/**
* Defines the end date of the preset range
*/
end?: Date;
}
/**
* Interface for a class DateRangePicker
*/
export interface DateRangePickerModel extends CalendarBaseModel{
/**
* Gets or sets the start and end date of the Calendar.
* @default null
*/
value?: Date[] | DateRange;
/**
* Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. startDate
* 2. endDate
* 3. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence?: boolean;
/**
* Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup.
* @default new Date(1900, 00, 01)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(1900, 01, 01)
*/
min?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup.
* @default new Date(2099, 11, 31)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(2099, 12, 31)
*/
max?: Date;
/**
* Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'.
* @default 'en-US'
*/
locale?: string;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture.
* > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to
* [`First day of week`](../../daterangepicker/customization#first-day-of-week) documentation.
* @default null
*/
firstDayOfWeek?: number;
/**
* Determines whether the week number of the Calendar is to be displayed or not.
* The week number is displayed in every week row.
* > For more details about weekNumber refer to
* [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/week-number#render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation.
* @default false
*/
weekNumber?: boolean;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic.
* @default Gregorian
* @private
*/
calendarMode?: CalendarType;
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar value is changed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another view or within the same level of view.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Navigated'
*/
navigated?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnRenderDayCell'
*/
renderDayCell?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Gets or sets the start date of the date range selection.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
startDate?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the end date of the date range selection.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
endDate?: Date;
/**
* Set the predefined ranges which let the user pick required range easily in a component.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Preset Ranges`](../../daterangepicker/customization#preset-ranges) documentation.
* @default null
*/
presets?: PresetsModel[];
/**
* Specifies the width of the DateRangePicker component.
* @default ''
*/
width?: number | string;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the dateRangePicker popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex?: number;
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon
* @default true
*/
showClearButton?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not.
* @default true
* @hidden
*/
showTodayButton?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened.
* With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view.
* @default Month
*/
start?: CalendarView;
/**
* Sets the maximum level of view (month, year, decade) in the Calendar.
* Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation.
* @default Month
*/
depth?: CalendarView;
/**
* Sets the root CSS class to the DateRangePicker which allows you to customize the appearance.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Sets or gets the string that used between the start and end date string.
* @default '-'
*/
separator?: string;
/**
* Specifies the minimum span of days that can be allowed in date range selection.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Range Span`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction/#range-span) documentation.
* @default null
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
minDays?: number;
/**
* Specifies the maximum span of days that can be allowed in a date range selection.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Range Span`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction/#range-span) documentation.
* @default null
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
maxDays?: number;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict which allows entering only a valid date range in a DateRangePicker.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#strict-mode)documentation.
* @default false
*/
strictMode?: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in DateRangePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
* inputs.Input Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* altDownArrow
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* Calendar Navigation (Use the following list of keys to navigate the currently focused Calendar after the popup has opened).
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* base.select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* enter
* enter
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string };
/**
* Sets or gets the required date format to the start and end date string.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Format`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/daterangepicker/format.html)sample.
* @aspType string
* @default null
* @blazorType string
*/
format?: string | RangeFormatObject;
/**
* Specifies the component to be disabled which prevents the DateRangePicker from user interactions.
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean;
/**
* Denies the editing the ranges in the DateRangePicker component.
* @default false
*/
readonly?: boolean;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#daterangepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can base.select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text to be floated.
* Possible values are:
* Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available.
* Always: The floating label will always float above the input.
* Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input.
* @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never
* @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType | string;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that need to be displayed in the DateRangePicker component.
*
* @default null
*/
placeholder?: string;
/**
* You can add the additional html base.attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Triggers when the DateRangePicker is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
* @blazorType RangePopupEventArgs
*/
open?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the DateRangePicker is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
* @blazorType RangePopupEventArgs
*/
close?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on selecting the start and end date.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'RangeSelected'
* @blazorType RangeEventArgs
*/
select?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control gets focus.
* @event
*/
focus?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/daterangepicker/daterangepicker.d.ts
export class Presets extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Defines the label string of the preset range.
*/
label: string;
/**
* Defines the start date of the preset range.
*/
start: Date;
/**
* Defines the end date of the preset range
*/
end: Date;
}
export interface DateRange {
/** Defines the start date */
start?: Date;
/** Defines the end date */
end?: Date;
}
export interface RangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/**
* Defines the value
*/
value?: Date[] | DateRange;
/** Defines the value string in the input element */
text?: string;
/** Defines the start date */
startDate?: Date;
/** Defines the end date */
endDate?: Date;
/** Defines the day span between the range */
daySpan?: number;
/** Specifies the element. */
element?: HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement;
/**
* Specifies the original event arguments.
*/
event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent | Event;
/**
* If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false.
*/
isInteracted?: boolean;
}
export interface RangePopupEventArgs {
/** Defines the range string in the input element */
date: string;
/** Defines the DateRangePicker model */
model: DateRangePickerModel;
/**
* Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not.
*/
cancel?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the DateRangePicker popup object.
* @deprecated
*/
popup?: popups.Popup;
/**
* Specifies the original event arguments.
*/
event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event;
/**
* Specifies the node to which the popup element to be appended.
*/
appendTo?: HTMLElement;
}
export interface RangeFormatObject {
/**
* Specifies the format in which the date format will process
*/
skeleton?: string;
}
/**
* Represents the DateRangePicker component that allows user to select the date range from the calendar
* or entering the range through the input element.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
*
* ```
*/
export class DateRangePicker extends CalendarBase {
private popupObj;
private inputWrapper;
private popupWrapper;
private rightCalendar;
private leftCalendar;
private deviceCalendar;
private leftCalCurrentDate;
private initStartDate;
private initEndDate;
private startValue;
private endValue;
private modelValue;
private rightCalCurrentDate;
private leftCalPrevIcon;
private leftCalNextIcon;
private leftTitle;
private rightTitle;
private rightCalPrevIcon;
private rightCalNextIcon;
private inputKeyboardModule;
protected leftKeyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents;
protected rightKeyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents;
private previousStartValue;
private previousEndValue;
private applyButton;
private cancelButton;
private startButton;
private endButton;
private cloneElement;
private l10n;
private isCustomRange;
private isCustomWindow;
private presetsItem;
private liCollections;
private activeIndex;
private presetElement;
private previousEleValue;
private targetElement;
private disabledDayCnt;
private angularTag;
private inputElement;
private modal;
private firstHiddenChild;
private secondHiddenChild;
private isKeyPopup;
private dateDisabled;
private navNextFunction;
private navPrevFunction;
private deviceNavNextFunction;
private deviceNavPrevFunction;
private isRangeIconClicked;
private isMaxDaysClicked;
private popupKeyboardModule;
private presetKeyboardModule;
private btnKeyboardModule;
private virtualRenderCellArgs;
private disabledDays;
private isMobile;
private keyInputConfigs;
private defaultConstant;
private preventBlur;
private preventFocus;
private valueType;
private closeEventArgs;
private openEventArgs;
private controlDown;
private startCopy;
private endCopy;
private formElement;
private formatString;
protected tabIndex: string;
private invalidValueString;
private dateRangeOptions;
private mobileRangePopupWrap;
/**
* Gets or sets the start and end date of the Calendar.
* @default null
*/
value: Date[] | DateRange;
/**
* Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. startDate
* 2. endDate
* 3. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence: boolean;
/**
* Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup.
* @default new Date(1900, 00, 01)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(1900, 01, 01)
*/
min: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup.
* @default new Date(2099, 11, 31)
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(2099, 12, 31)
*/
max: Date;
/**
* Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'.
* @default 'en-US'
*/
locale: string;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture.
* > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to
* [`First day of week`](../../daterangepicker/customization#first-day-of-week) documentation.
* @default null
*/
firstDayOfWeek: number;
/**
* Determines whether the week number of the Calendar is to be displayed or not.
* The week number is displayed in every week row.
* > For more details about weekNumber refer to
* [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/week-number#render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation.
* @default false
*/
weekNumber: boolean;
/**
* Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic.
* @default Gregorian
* @private
*/
calendarMode: CalendarType;
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when Calendar is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar value is changed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another view or within the same level of view.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Navigated'
*/
navigated: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnRenderDayCell'
*/
renderDayCell: base.EmitType;
/**
* Gets or sets the start date of the date range selection.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
startDate: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the end date of the date range selection.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
endDate: Date;
/**
* Set the$ predefined ranges which let the user pick required range easily in a component.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Preset Ranges`](../../daterangepicker/customization#preset-ranges) documentation.
* @default null
*/
presets: PresetsModel[];
/**
* Specifies the width of the DateRangePicker component.
* @default ''
*/
width: number | string;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the dateRangePicker popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex: number;
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon
* @default true
*/
showClearButton: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not.
* @default true
* @hidden
*/
showTodayButton: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened.
* With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view.
* @default Month
*/
start: CalendarView;
/**
* Sets the maximum level of view (month, year, decade) in the Calendar.
* Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation.
* @default Month
*/
depth: CalendarView;
/**
* Sets the root CSS class to the DateRangePicker which allows you to customize the appearance.
* @default ''
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Sets or gets the string that used between the start and end date string.
* @default '-'
*/
separator: string;
/**
* Specifies the minimum span of days that can be allowed in date range selection.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Range Span`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction/#range-span) documentation.
* @default null
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
minDays: number;
/**
* Specifies the maximum span of days that can be allowed in a date range selection.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Range Span`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction/#range-span) documentation.
* @default null
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
maxDays: number;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict which allows entering only a valid date range in a DateRangePicker.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#strict-mode)documentation.
* @default false
*/
strictMode: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in DateRangePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
* Input Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* altDownArrow
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* Calendar Navigation (Use the following list of keys to navigate the currently focused Calendar after the popup has opened).
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* enter
* enter
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Sets or gets the required date format to the start and end date string.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Format`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/daterangepicker/format.html)sample.
* @aspType string
* @default null
* @blazorType string
*/
format: string | RangeFormatObject;
/**
* Specifies the component to be disabled which prevents the DateRangePicker from user interactions.
* @default true
*/
enabled: boolean;
/**
* Denies the editing the ranges in the DateRangePicker component.
* @default false
*/
readonly: boolean;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#daterangepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text to be floated.
* Possible values are:
* Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available.
* Always: The floating label will always float above the input.
* Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input.
* @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never
* @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType | string;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that need to be displayed in the DateRangePicker component.
*
* @default null
*/
placeholder: string;
/**
* You can add the additional html attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Triggers when the DateRangePicker is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
* @blazorType RangePopupEventArgs
*/
open: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the DateRangePicker is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
* @blazorType RangePopupEventArgs
*/
close: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on selecting the start and end date.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'RangeSelected'
* @blazorType RangeEventArgs
*/
select: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control gets focus.
* @event
*/
focus: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur: base.EmitType;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
*/
constructor(options?: DateRangePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
/**
* To Initialize the control rendering.
* @return void
* @private
*/
protected render(): void;
/**
* Initialize the event handler
* @returns void
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
private updateValue;
private initProperty;
protected checkFormat(): void;
private initialize;
private setRangeAllowEdit;
private updateClearIconState;
protected validationAttribute(element: HTMLElement, input: Element): void;
private updateHtmlAttributeToWrapper;
private updateHtmlAttributeToElement;
private processPresets;
protected bindEvents(): void;
private updateHiddenInput;
private inputChangeHandler;
private bindClearEvent;
protected resetHandler(e: MouseEvent): void;
private restoreValue;
protected formResetHandler(e: MouseEvent): void;
private clear;
private rangeIconHandler;
private checkHtmlAttributes;
private createPopup;
private renderControl;
private clearCalendarEvents;
private updateNavIcons;
private calendarIconEvent;
private bindCalendarEvents;
private calendarIconRipple;
private deviceCalendarEvent;
private deviceNavNext;
private deviceNavPrevious;
private updateDeviceCalendar;
private deviceHeaderClick;
private inputFocusHandler;
private inputBlurHandler;
private clearRange;
private errorClass;
private keyCalendarUpdate;
private navInCalendar;
private keyInputHandler;
private keyNavigation;
private inputHandler;
private bindCalendarCellEvents;
private removeFocusedDate;
private hoverSelection;
private isSameStartEnd;
private updateRange;
private checkMinMaxDays;
private rangeArgs;
private otherMonthSelect;
private selectRange;
private selectableDates;
private updateMinMaxDays;
private removeClassDisabled;
private updateHeader;
private removeSelection;
private addSelectedAttributes;
private removeSelectedAttributes;
private updateCalendarElement;
private navPrevMonth;
private deviceNavigation;
private updateControl;
private navNextMonth;
private compareMonths;
private compareYears;
private compareDecades;
private isPopupOpen;
protected createRangeHeader(): HTMLElement;
private disableInput;
private validateMinMax;
private validateRangeStrict;
private validateRange;
private validateMinMaxDays;
private renderCalendar;
private isSameMonth;
private isSameYear;
private isSameDecade;
private startMonthCurrentDate;
private selectNextMonth;
private selectNextYear;
private selectNextDecade;
private selectStartMonth;
private createCalendar;
private leftNavTitle;
private calendarNavigation;
private rightNavTitle;
protected clickEventEmitter(e: MouseEvent): void;
/**
* Gets the current view of the Calendar.
* @returns string
* @private
* @hidden
*/
currentView(): string;
protected getCalendarView(view: string): CalendarView;
protected navigatedEvent(e: MouseEvent): void;
private createControl;
private cancelFunction;
private deviceHeaderUpdate;
private applyFunction;
private onMouseClick;
private onMouseOver;
private onMouseLeave;
private setListSelection;
private removeListSelection;
private setValue;
private applyPresetRange;
private showPopup;
private renderCustomPopup;
private listRippleEffect;
private createPresets;
private wireListEvents;
private unWireListEvents;
private renderPopup;
protected popupCloseHandler(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
private calendarFocus;
private presetHeight;
private presetKeyActionHandler;
private listMoveDown;
private listMoveUp;
private getHoverLI;
private getActiveLI;
private popupKeyBoardHandler;
private setScrollPosition;
private popupKeyActionHandle;
private documentHandler;
private createInput;
private setEleWidth;
private adjustLongHeaderWidth;
private refreshControl;
private updateInput;
protected checkInvalidRange(value: String | DateRange | Date[]): void;
private getstringvalue;
private checkInvalidValue;
private isDateDisabled;
private disabledDateRender;
private virtualRenderCellEvent;
private disabledDates;
private setModelValue;
/**
* To dispatch the event manually
*/
protected dispatchEvent(element: HTMLElement, type: string): void;
private changeTrigger;
/**
* This method is used to navigate to the month/year/decade view of the Calendar.
* @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the Calendar.
* @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view.
* @returns void
* @hidden
*/
navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void;
private navigate;
/**
* Sets the focus to widget for interaction.
* @returns void
*/
focusIn(): void;
/**
* Remove the focus from widget, if the widget is in focus state.
* @returns void
*/
focusOut(): void;
/**
* To destroy the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
protected ensureInputAttribute(): void;
/**
* To get component name
* @returns string
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Return the properties that are maintained upon browser refresh.
* @returns string
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Return the selected range and day span in the DateRangePicker.
* @returns Object
*/
getSelectedRange(): Object;
/**
* To open the popups.Popup container in the DateRangePicker component.
* @returns void
*/
show(element?: HTMLElement, event?: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs | Event): void;
/**
* To close the popups.Popup container in the DateRangePicker component.
* @returns void
*/
hide(event?: base.KeyboardEventArgs | MouseEvent | Event): void;
private setLocale;
private refreshChange;
private setDate;
private enableInput;
private clearModelvalue;
private createHiddenInput;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* returns void
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: DateRangePickerModel, oldProp: DateRangePickerModel): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/daterangepicker/index.d.ts
/**
* DateRangePicker modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datetimepicker/datetimepicker-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class DateTimePicker
*/
export interface DateTimePickerModel extends DatePickerModel{
/**
* Specifies the format of the time value that to be displayed in time popup list.
* @default null
*/
timeFormat?: string;
/**
* Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the time popup list .
* @default 30
* @blazorType int
*/
step?: number;
/**
* Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the timepicker popup list or
* the given value is not present in the timepicker popup list.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
scrollTo?: Date;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex?: number;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in DateTimePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
* inputs.Input Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* altDownArrow
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* Calendar Navigation (Use the following list of keys to navigate the currently focused Calendar after the popup has opened).
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* TimePicker Navigation (Use the below list of shortcut keys to interact with the TimePicker after the TimePicker popups.Popup has opened).
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* down
* downarrow
*
*
* up
* uparrow
*
*
* left
* leftarrow
*
*
* right
* rightarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string };
/**
* You can add the additional html base.attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence?: boolean;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datetimepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar.
* @default false
* @private
*/
isMultiSelection?: boolean;
/**
* Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar.
* @default null
* @private
*/
values?: Date[];
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox.
* @default true
*/
showClearButton?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that to be is displayed in textbox.
* @default null
*/
placeholder?: string;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid
* date and time value within a specified range or else it
* will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false.
* it allows invalid or out-of-range value with highlighted error class.
* @default false
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../datetimepicker/strict-mode/) documentation.
*/
strictMode?: boolean;
/**
* Triggers when popup is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
open?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when popup is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
close?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when input loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when input gets focus.
* @event
*/
focus?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when DateTimePicker is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when DateTimePicker is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datetimepicker/datetimepicker.d.ts
/**
* Represents the DateTimePicker component that allows user to select
* or enter a date time value.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
*
* ```
*/
export class DateTimePicker extends DatePicker {
private timeIcon;
private cloneElement;
private dateTimeWrapper;
private rippleFn;
private listWrapper;
private liCollections;
private timeCollections;
private listTag;
private selectedElement;
private containerStyle;
private popupObject;
protected timeModal: HTMLElement;
private isNavigate;
protected isPreventBlur: Boolean;
private timeValue;
protected l10n: base.L10n;
private keyboardHandler;
protected inputEvent: base.KeyboardEvents;
private activeIndex;
private valueWithMinutes;
private previousDateTime;
private initValue;
protected tabIndex: string;
private isValidState;
protected timekeyConfigure: {
[key: string]: string;
};
protected preventArgs: PopupObjectArgs;
private dateTimeOptions;
/**
* Specifies the format of the time value that to be displayed in time popup list.
* @default null
*/
timeFormat: string;
/**
* Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the time popup list .
* @default 30
* @blazorType int
*/
step: number;
/**
* Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the timepicker popup list or
* the given value is not present in the timepicker popup list.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
scrollTo: Date;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex: number;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in DateTimePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
* Input Navigation
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* altDownArrow
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* Calendar Navigation (Use the following list of keys to navigate the currently focused Calendar after the popup has opened).
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* controlUp
* ctrl+38
*
*
* controlDown
* ctrl+40
*
*
* moveDown
* downarrow
*
*
* moveUp
* uparrow
*
*
* moveLeft
* leftarrow
*
*
* moveRight
* rightarrow
*
*
* select
* enter
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* pageUp
* pageup
*
*
* pageDown
* pagedown
*
*
* shiftPageUp
* shift+pageup
*
*
* shiftPageDown
* shift+pagedown
*
*
* controlHome
* ctrl+home
*
*
* controlEnd
* ctrl+end
*
*
* altUpArrow
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* spacebar
* space
*
*
* altRightArrow
* alt+rightarrow
*
*
* altLeftArrow
* alt+leftarrow
*
*
* TimePicker Navigation (Use the below list of shortcut keys to interact with the TimePicker after the TimePicker Popup has opened).
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* down
* downarrow
*
*
* up
* uparrow
*
*
* left
* leftarrow
*
*
* right
* rightarrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* You can add the additional html attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence: boolean;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datetimepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar.
* @default false
* @private
*/
isMultiSelection: boolean;
/**
* Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar.
* @default null
* @private
*/
values: Date[];
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox.
* @default true
*/
showClearButton: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that to be is displayed in textbox.
* @default null
*/
placeholder: string;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid
* date and time value within a specified range or else it
* will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false.
* it allows invalid or out-of-range value with highlighted error class.
* @default false
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../datetimepicker/strict-mode/) documentation.
*/
strictMode: boolean;
/**
* Triggers when popup is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
open: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when popup is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
* @blazorType PopupObjectArgs
*/
close: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when input loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when input gets focus.
* @event
*/
focus: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when DateTimePicker is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when DateTimePicker is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed: base.EmitType;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
*/
constructor(options?: DateTimePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
private focusHandler;
/**
* Sets the focus to widget for interaction.
* @returns void
*/
focusIn(): void;
/**
* Remove the focus from widget, if the widget is in focus state.
* @returns void
*/
focusOut(): void;
protected blurHandler(e: MouseEvent): void;
/**
* To destroy the widget.
* @returns void
*/
destroy(): void;
/**
* To Initialize the control rendering.
* @return void
* @private
*/
render(): void;
private setValue;
private validateMinMaxRange;
private checkValidState;
private checkErrorState;
private validateValue;
private disablePopupButton;
private getFormattedValue;
private isDateObject;
private createInputElement;
private renderTimeIcon;
private bindInputEvents;
private unBindInputEvents;
private cldrTimeFormat;
private cldrDateTimeFormat;
private getCldrFormat;
private isNullOrEmpty;
protected getCultureTimeObject(ld: Object, c: string): Object;
private timeHandler;
private dateHandler;
show(type?: string, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
toggle(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
private listCreation;
private popupCreation;
private openPopup;
private documentClickHandler;
private isTimePopupOpen;
private isDatePopupOpen;
private renderPopup;
private setDimension;
private setPopupWidth;
protected wireTimeListEvents(): void;
protected unWireTimeListEvents(): void;
private onMouseOver;
private onMouseLeave;
private setTimeHover;
protected getPopupHeight(): number;
protected changeEvent(e: Event): void;
private updateValue;
private setTimeScrollPosition;
private findScrollTop;
private setScrollTo;
private setInputValue;
private getFullDateTime;
private combineDateTime;
private onMouseClick;
private setSelection;
private setTimeActiveClass;
private setTimeActiveDescendant;
protected addTimeSelection(): void;
protected removeTimeSelection(): void;
protected removeTimeHover(className: string): void;
protected getTimeHoverItem(className: string): Element[];
protected isValidLI(li: Element | HTMLElement): boolean;
private calculateStartEnd;
private startTime;
private endTime;
hide(e?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event): void;
private dateTimeCloseEventCallback;
private closePopup;
protected preRender(): void;
protected getProperty(date: DateTimePickerModel, val: string): void;
protected checkAttributes(isDynamic: boolean): void;
requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[];
private getTimeActiveElement;
protected createDateObj(val: Date | string): Date;
private getDateObject;
protected findNextTimeElement(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected setTimeValue(date: Date, value: Date): Date;
protected timeElementValue(value: Date): Date;
protected timeKeyHandler(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected TimeKeyActionHandle(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected inputKeyAction(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
onPropertyChanged(newProp: DateTimePickerModel, oldProp: DateTimePickerModel): void;
/**
* To get component name.
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
protected restoreValue(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datetimepicker/index.d.ts
/**
* DateTimePicker modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/index.d.ts
/**
* Calendar all modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/timepicker/index.d.ts
/**
* TimePicker modules
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/timepicker/timepicker-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class TimePicker
*/
export interface TimePickerModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* Gets or sets the width of the TimePicker component. The width of the popup is based on the width of the component.
* @default null
*/
width?: string | number;
/**
* Specifies the root CSS class of the TimePicker that allows to
* customize the appearance by overriding the styles.
* @default null
*/
cssClass?: string;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict so that, it allows to enter only a valid time value within a specified range or else
* resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../timepicker/strict-mode/) documentation.
* @default false
*/
strictMode?: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in TimePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* enter
* enter
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* tab
* tab
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* down
* downarrow
*
*
* up
* uparrow
*
*
* left
* leftarrow
*
*
* right
* rightarrow
*
*
* open
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* close
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string };
/**
* Specifies the format of value that is to be displayed in component. By default, the format is
* based on the culture.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format) documentation.
* @default null
* @aspType string
* @blazorType string
*/
format?: string | TimeFormatObject;
/**
* Specifies whether the component to be disabled or not.
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the component in readonly state.
* @default false
*/
readonly?: boolean;
/**
* You can add the additional html base.attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text to be floated.
* Possible values are:
* Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available.
* Always: The floating label will always float above the input.
* Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input.
* @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never
* @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType | string;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that is displayed in textbox.
* @default null
*/
placeholder?: string;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the timePicker popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex?: number;
/**
* Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. Value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon.
* @default true
*/
showClearButton?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the popup list.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format)documentation.
* @default 30
* @blazorType int
*
*/
step?: number;
/**
* Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the popup list or
* the given value is not present in the popup list.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Time Duration`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/timepicker/list-formatting.html) sample.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
scrollTo?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the value of the component. The value is parsed based on the culture specific time format.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
value?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the minimum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation.
* @default 00:00
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(1900, 01, 01, 00, 00, 00)
*/
min?: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the maximum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation.
* @default 00:00
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(2099, 12, 31, 23, 59, 59)
*/
max?: Date;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#timepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit?: boolean;
/**
* Triggers when the value is changed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
*/
open?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers while rendering the each popup list item.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnItemRender'
*/
itemRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
*/
close?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control gets focused.
* @event
*/
focus?: base.EmitType;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/timepicker/timepicker.d.ts
export interface ChangeEventArgs {
/** Defines the boolean that returns true when the value is changed by user interaction, otherwise returns false. */
isInteracted?: boolean;
/** Defines the selected time value of the TimePicker. */
value?: Date;
/** Defines the selected time value as string. */
text?: string;
/** Defines the original event arguments. */
event?: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent | Event;
/** Defines the element */
element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLElement;
}
/**
* Interface for before list item render .
*/
export interface ItemEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs {
/** Defines the created LI element. */
element: HTMLElement;
/** Defines the displayed text value in a popup list. */
text: string;
/** Defines the Date object of displayed text in a popup list. */
value: Date;
/** Specifies whether to disable the current time value or not. */
isDisabled: Boolean;
}
export interface CursorPositionDetails {
/** Defines the text selection starting position. */
start: number;
/** Defines the text selection end position. */
end: number;
}
export interface MeridianText {
/** Defines the culture specific meridian text for AM. */
am: string;
/** Defines the culture specific meridian text for PM. */
pm: string;
}
export interface TimeFormatObject {
/**
* Specifies the format in which the date format will process
*/
skeleton?: string;
}
export interface PopupEventArgs {
/** Specifies the name of the event */
name?: string;
/**
* Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not.
*/
cancel?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the TimePicker popup object.
* @deprecated
*/
popup?: popups.Popup;
/**
* Specifies the original event arguments.
*/
event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | FocusEvent | Event;
/**
* Specifies the node to which the popup element to be appended.
*/
appendTo?: HTMLElement;
}
export namespace TimePickerBase {
function createListItems(createdEl: lists.createElementParams, min: Date, max: Date, globalize: base.Internationalization, timeFormat: string, step: number): {
collection: number[];
list: HTMLElement;
};
}
/**
* TimePicker is an intuitive interface component which provides an options to select a time value
* from popup list or to set a desired time value.
* ```
*
*
* ```
*/
export class TimePicker extends base.Component implements inputs.IInput {
private inputWrapper;
private popupWrapper;
private cloneElement;
private listWrapper;
private listTag;
private anchor;
private selectedElement;
private liCollections;
protected inputElement: HTMLInputElement;
private popupObj;
protected inputEvent: base.KeyboardEvents;
protected globalize: base.Internationalization;
private defaultCulture;
private containerStyle;
private rippleFn;
private l10n;
private cursorDetails;
private activeIndex;
private timeCollections;
private isNavigate;
private disableItemCollection;
protected isPreventBlur: boolean;
private isTextSelected;
private prevValue;
private inputStyle;
private angularTag;
private valueWithMinutes;
private prevDate;
private initValue;
private initMin;
private initMax;
private inputEleValue;
private openPopupEventArgs;
private formatString;
protected tabIndex: string;
private formElement;
private modal;
private invalidValueString;
protected keyConfigure: {
[key: string]: string;
};
private timeOptions;
/**
* Gets or sets the width of the TimePicker component. The width of the popup is based on the width of the component.
* @default null
*/
width: string | number;
/**
* Specifies the root CSS class of the TimePicker that allows to
* customize the appearance by overriding the styles.
* @default null
*/
cssClass: string;
/**
* Specifies the component to act as strict so that, it allows to enter only a valid time value within a specified range or else
* resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Strict Mode`](../../timepicker/strict-mode/) documentation.
* @default false
*/
strictMode: boolean;
/**
* Customizes the key actions in TimePicker.
* For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts.
*
*
*
*
* Key action
* Key
*
*
* enter
* enter
*
*
* escape
* escape
*
*
* end
* end
*
*
* tab
* tab
*
*
* home
* home
*
*
* down
* downarrow
*
*
* up
* uparrow
*
*
* left
* leftarrow
*
*
* right
* rightarrow
*
*
* open
* alt+downarrow
*
*
* close
* alt+uparrow
*
*
* @default null
* @blazorType object
*/
keyConfigs: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Specifies the format of value that is to be displayed in component. By default, the format is
* based on the culture.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format) documentation.
* @default null
* @aspType string
* @blazorType string
*/
format: string | TimeFormatObject;
/**
* Specifies whether the component to be disabled or not.
* @default true
*/
enabled: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the component in readonly state.
* @default false
*/
readonly: boolean;
/**
* You can add the additional html attributes such as disabled, value etc., to the element.
* If you configured both property and equivalent html attribute then the component considers the property value.
* @default {}
*/
htmlAttributes: {
[key: string]: string;
};
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text to be floated.
* Possible values are:
* Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available.
* Always: The floating label will always float above the input.
* Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input.
* @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never
* @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType | string;
/**
* Specifies the placeholder text that is displayed in textbox.
* @default null
*/
placeholder: string;
/**
* specifies the z-index value of the timePicker popup element.
* @default 1000
* @aspType int
* @blazorType int
*/
zIndex: number;
/**
* Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted.
* 1. Value
* @default false
*/
enablePersistence: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon.
* @default true
*/
showClearButton: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the popup list.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format)documentation.
* @default 30
* @blazorType int
*
*/
step: number;
/**
* Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the popup list or
* the given value is not present in the popup list.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Time Duration`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/timepicker/list-formatting.html) sample.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
scrollTo: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the value of the component. The value is parsed based on the culture specific time format.
* @default null
* @isBlazorNullableType true
*/
value: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the minimum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation.
* @default 00:00
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(1900, 01, 01, 00, 00, 00)
*/
min: Date;
/**
* Gets or sets the maximum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker.
* > For more details refer to
* [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation.
* @default 00:00
* @blazorDefaultValue new DateTime(2099, 12, 31, 23, 59, 59)
*/
max: Date;
/**
* > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from
* [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#timepicker).
*
* Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the
* popup and cannot edit in the input textbox.
* @default true
*/
allowEdit: boolean;
/**
* Triggers when the value is changed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ValueChange'
*/
change: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is created.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Created'
*/
created: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the component is destroyed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Destroyed'
*/
destroyed: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is opened.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnOpen'
*/
open: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers while rendering the each popup list item.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnItemRender'
*/
itemRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the popup is closed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnClose'
*/
close: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control loses the focus.
* @event
*/
blur: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the control gets focused.
* @event
*/
focus: base.EmitType;
/**
* Constructor for creating the widget
*/
constructor(options?: TimePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement);
/**
* Initialize the event handler
* @private
*/
protected preRender(): void;
protected render(): void;
private setTimeAllowEdit;
private clearIconState;
private validateDisable;
protected validationAttribute(target: HTMLElement, input: Element): void;
private initialize;
protected checkTimeFormat(): void;
private checkDateValue;
private createInputElement;
private getCldrDateTimeFormat;
private checkInvalidValue;
private CldrFormat;
destroy(): void;
protected ensureInputAttribute(): void;
private popupCreation;
protected getPopupHeight(): number;
private generateList;
private renderPopup;
private getFormattedValue;
private getDateObject;
private updateHtmlAttributeToWrapper;
private updateHtmlAttributeToElement;
private removeErrorClass;
private checkErrorState;
private validateInterval;
private disableTimeIcon;
private disableElement;
private enableElement;
private selectInputText;
private getMeridianText;
private getCursorSelection;
private getActiveElement;
private isNullOrEmpty;
private setWidth;
private setPopupWidth;
private setScrollPosition;
private findScrollTop;
private setScrollTo;
private getText;
private getValue;
private cldrDateFormat;
private cldrTimeFormat;
private dateToNumeric;
private getExactDateTime;
private setValue;
private compareFormatChange;
private updatePlaceHolder;
private popupHandler;
private mouseDownHandler;
private mouseUpHandler;
private focusSelection;
private inputHandler;
private onMouseClick;
private closePopup;
private checkValueChange;
private onMouseOver;
private setHover;
private setSelection;
private onMouseLeave;
private scrollHandler;
private setMinMax;
protected validateMinMax(dateVal: Date | string, minVal: Date, maxVal: Date): Date | string;
private valueIsDisable;
protected validateState(val: string | Date): boolean;
protected strictOperation(minimum: Date, maximum: Date, dateVal: Date | string, val: Date): Date | string;
protected bindEvents(): void;
protected formResetHandler(): void;
private inputChangeHandler;
protected unBindEvents(): void;
private bindClearEvent;
protected clearHandler(e: MouseEvent): void;
private clear;
protected setZIndex(): void;
protected checkAttributes(isDynamic: boolean): void;
protected setCurrentDate(value: Date): Date;
protected getTextFormat(): number;
protected updateValue(value: string | Date, event: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent): void;
protected previousState(date: Date): string;
protected resetState(): void;
protected objToString(val: Date): string;
protected checkValue(value: string | Date): string;
protected validateValue(date: Date, value: string | Date): string;
protected findNextElement(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected elementValue(value: Date): void;
private validLiElement;
protected keyHandler(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void;
protected getCultureTimeObject(ld: Object, c: string): Object;
protected getCultureDateObject(ld: Object, c: string): Object;
protected wireListEvents(): void;
protected unWireListEvents(): void;
protected valueProcess(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent, value: Date): void;
protected changeEvent(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent): void;
protected updateInput(isUpdate: boolean, date: Date): void;
protected setActiveDescendant(): void;
protected removeSelection(): void;
protected removeHover(className: string): void;
protected getHoverItem(className: string): Element[];
private setActiveClass;
protected addSelection(): void;
protected isValidLI(li: Element | HTMLElement): boolean;
protected createDateObj(val: Date | string): Date;
protected TimeParse(today: string, val: Date | string): Date;
protected createListItems(): void;
private documentClickHandler;
protected setEnableRtl(): void;
protected setEnable(): void;
protected getProperty(date: TimePickerModel, val: string): void;
protected inputBlurHandler(e: MouseEvent): void;
/**
* Focuses out the TimePicker textbox element.
* @returns void
*/
focusOut(): void;
private isPopupOpen;
private inputFocusHandler;
/**
* Focused the TimePicker textbox element.
* @returns void
*/
focusIn(): void;
/**
* Hides the TimePicker popup.
* @returns void
*/
hide(): void;
/**
* Opens the popup to show the list items.
* @returns void
*/
show(event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event): void;
private formatValues;
private popupAlignment;
/**
* Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh.
* @returns string
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* To get component name
* @private
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* returns void
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: TimePickerModel, oldProp: TimePickerModel): void;
protected checkInValue(inValue: string | Date | number): string;
}
}
export namespace charts {
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/accumulation-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class AccumulationChart
*/
export interface AccumulationChartModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* The width of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full width of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
width?: string;
/**
* The height of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full height of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
height?: string;
/**
* Title for accumulation chart
* @default null
*/
title?: string;
/**
* Center of pie
*/
center?: PieCenterModel;
/**
* Specifies the dataSource for the AccumulationChart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let dataManager: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({
* url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/'
* });
* let query: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false);
* let pie: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({
* ...
* dataSource: dataManager,
* series: [{
* xName: 'Id',
* yName: 'Estimate',
* query: query
* }],
* ...
* });
* pie.appendTo('#Pie');
* ```
* @default ''
*/
dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager;
/**
* Options for customizing the `title` of accumulation chart.
*/
titleStyle?: FontModel;
/**
* SubTitle for accumulation chart
* @default null
*/
subTitle?: string;
/**
* Options for customizing the `subtitle` of accumulation chart.
*/
subTitleStyle?: FontModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the legend of accumulation chart.
*/
legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the tooltip of accumulation chart.
*/
tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel;
/**
* Specifies whether point has to get selected or not. Takes value either 'None 'or 'Point'
* @default None
*/
selectionMode?: AccumulationSelectionMode;
/**
* If set true, enables the multi selection in accumulation chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`.
* @default false
*/
isMultiSelect?: boolean;
/**
* If set true, enables the animation for both chart and accumulation.
* @default true
*/
enableAnimation?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a accumulation chart.
* It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let pie: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({
* ...
* selectionMode: 'Point',
* selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1},
* { series: 2, point: 3} ],
* ...
* });
* pie.appendTo('#Pie');
* ```
* @default []
*/
selectedDataIndexes?: IndexesModel[];
/**
* Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of accumulation chart.
*/
margin?: MarginModel;
/**
* If set true, labels for the point will be placed smartly without overlapping.
* @default true
*/
enableSmartLabels?: boolean;
/**
* Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border.
*/
border?: BorderModel;
/**
* The background color of the chart, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
background?: string;
/**
* The configuration for series in accumulation chart.
*/
series?: AccumulationSeriesModel[];
/**
* The configuration for annotation in chart.
*/
annotations?: AccumulationAnnotationSettingsModel[];
/**
* Specifies the theme for accumulation chart.
* @default 'Material'
*/
theme?: AccumulationTheme;
/**
* Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number.
* @default false
*/
useGroupingSeparator?: boolean;
/**
* To enable export feature in chart.
* @default true
*/
enableExport?: boolean;
/**
* Triggers after accumulation chart loaded.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Loaded'
*/
loaded?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before accumulation chart load.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
load?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the series gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
seriesRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the legend gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
legendRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the data label for series gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
textRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the tooltip for series gets rendered.
* @event
*/
tooltipRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each points for series gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
pointRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the annotation gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
annotationRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the prints gets started.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPrint'
*/
beforePrint?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on hovering the accumulation chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseMove'
*/
chartMouseMove?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on clicking the accumulation chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseClick'
*/
chartMouseClick?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point click.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPointClick'
*/
pointClick?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point move.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'PointMoved'
*/
pointMove?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after animation gets completed for series.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnAnimationComplete'
*/
animationComplete?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on mouse down.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseDown'
*/
chartMouseDown?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers while cursor leaves the accumulation chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseLeave'
*/
chartMouseLeave?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on mouse up.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseUp'
*/
chartMouseUp?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after window resize.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Resized'
*/
resized?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the currencyCode format of the accumulation chart
* @private
* @aspType string
*/
currencyCode?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/accumulation.d.ts
/**
* AccumulationChart file
*/
/**
* Represents the AccumulationChart control.
* ```html
*
*
* ```
* @public
*/
export class AccumulationChart extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* `accBaseModue` is used to define the common functionalities of accumulation series
* @private
*/
accBaseModule: AccumulationBase;
/**
* `pieSeriesModule` is used to render pie series.
* @private
*/
pieSeriesModule: PieSeries;
/**
* `funnelSeriesModule` is used to render funnel series.
* @private
*/
funnelSeriesModule: FunnelSeries;
/**
* `pyramidSeriesModule` is used to render funnel series.
* @private
*/
pyramidSeriesModule: PyramidSeries;
/**
* `accumulationLegendModule` is used to manipulate and add legend in accumulation chart.
*/
accumulationLegendModule: AccumulationLegend;
/**
* `accumulationDataLabelModule` is used to manipulate and add dataLabel in accumulation chart.
*/
accumulationDataLabelModule: AccumulationDataLabel;
/**
* `accumulationTooltipModule` is used to manipulate and add tooltip in accumulation chart.
*/
accumulationTooltipModule: AccumulationTooltip;
/**
* `accumulationSelectionModule` is used to manipulate and add selection in accumulation chart.
*/
accumulationSelectionModule: AccumulationSelection;
/**
* `annotationModule` is used to manipulate and add annotation in chart.
*/
annotationModule: AccumulationAnnotation;
/**
* Export Module is used to export Accumulation chart.
*/
exportModule: Export;
/**
* The width of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full width of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
width: string;
/**
* The height of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full height of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
height: string;
/**
* Title for accumulation chart
* @default null
*/
title: string;
/**
* Center of pie
*/
center: PieCenterModel;
/**
* Specifies the dataSource for the AccumulationChart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({
* url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/'
* });
* let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false);
* let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({
* ...
* dataSource: dataManager,
* series: [{
* xName: 'Id',
* yName: 'Estimate',
* query: query
* }],
* ...
* });
* pie.appendTo('#Pie');
* ```
* @default ''
*/
dataSource: Object | data.DataManager;
/**
* Options for customizing the `title` of accumulation chart.
*/
titleStyle: FontModel;
/**
* SubTitle for accumulation chart
* @default null
*/
subTitle: string;
/**
* Options for customizing the `subtitle` of accumulation chart.
*/
subTitleStyle: FontModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the legend of accumulation chart.
*/
legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the tooltip of accumulation chart.
*/
tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel;
/**
* Specifies whether point has to get selected or not. Takes value either 'None 'or 'Point'
* @default None
*/
selectionMode: AccumulationSelectionMode;
/**
* If set true, enables the multi selection in accumulation chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`.
* @default false
*/
isMultiSelect: boolean;
/**
* If set true, enables the animation for both chart and accumulation.
* @default true
*/
enableAnimation: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a accumulation chart.
* It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({
* ...
* selectionMode: 'Point',
* selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1},
* { series: 2, point: 3} ],
* ...
* });
* pie.appendTo('#Pie');
* ```
* @default []
*/
selectedDataIndexes: IndexesModel[];
/**
* Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of accumulation chart.
*/
margin: MarginModel;
/**
* If set true, labels for the point will be placed smartly without overlapping.
* @default true
*/
enableSmartLabels: boolean;
/**
* Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border.
*/
border: BorderModel;
/**
* The background color of the chart, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
background: string;
/**
* The configuration for series in accumulation chart.
*/
series: AccumulationSeriesModel[];
/**
* The configuration for annotation in chart.
*/
annotations: AccumulationAnnotationSettingsModel[];
/**
* Specifies the theme for accumulation chart.
* @default 'Material'
*/
theme: AccumulationTheme;
/**
* Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number.
* @default false
*/
useGroupingSeparator: boolean;
/**
* To enable1 export feature in chart.
* @default true
*/
enableExport: boolean;
/**
* Triggers after accumulation chart loaded.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Loaded'
*/
loaded: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before accumulation chart load.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
load: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the series gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
seriesRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the legend gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
legendRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the data label for series gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
textRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the tooltip for series gets rendered.
* @event
*/
tooltipRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each points for series gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
pointRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the annotation gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
annotationRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the prints gets started.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPrint'
*/
beforePrint: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on hovering the accumulation chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseMove'
*/
chartMouseMove: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on clicking the accumulation chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseClick'
*/
chartMouseClick: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point click.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPointClick'
*/
pointClick: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point move.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'PointMoved'
*/
pointMove: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after animation gets completed for series.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnAnimationComplete'
*/
animationComplete: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on mouse down.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseDown'
*/
chartMouseDown: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers while cursor leaves the accumulation chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseLeave'
*/
chartMouseLeave: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on mouse up.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseUp'
*/
chartMouseUp: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after window resize.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Resized'
*/
resized: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the currencyCode format of the accumulation chart
* @private
* @aspType string
*/
private currencyCode;
/**
* Animate the series bounds on data change.
* @private
*/
animate(duration?: number): void;
/** @private */
svgObject: Element;
/** @private */
private animateselected;
/** @public */
duration: number;
/** @private */
initialClipRect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
availableSize: svgBase.Size;
/** @private */
renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer | svgBase.CanvasRenderer;
/** @private */
intl: base.Internationalization;
/** @private */
visibleSeries: AccumulationSeries[];
/** @private */
seriesCounts: number;
/** @private explode radius internal property */
explodeDistance: number;
/** @private Mouse position x */
mouseX: number;
/** @private Mouse position y */
mouseY: number;
private resizeTo;
/** @private */
origin: ChartLocation;
/** @private */
readonly type: AccumulationType;
/** @private */
isTouch: boolean;
/** @private */
redraw: boolean;
/** @private */
animateSeries: boolean;
private titleCollection;
private subTitleCollection;
/** @private */
themeStyle: IThemeStyle;
private chartid;
/** @private */
isBlazor: boolean;
/**
* Constructor for creating the AccumulationChart widget
* @private
*/
constructor(options?: AccumulationChartModel, element?: string | HTMLElement);
/**
* To create svg object, renderer and binding events for the container.
*/
protected preRender(): void;
/**
* Themeing for chart goes here
*/
private setTheme;
/**
* To render the accumulation chart elements
*/
protected render(): void;
/**
* Method to unbind events for accumulation chart
*/
private unWireEvents;
/**
* Method to bind events for the accumulation chart
*/
private wireEvents;
/**
* Method to set mouse x, y from events
*/
private setMouseXY;
/**
* Handles the mouse end.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationMouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean;
/**
* Handles the mouse start.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationMouseStart(e: PointerEvent): boolean;
/**
* Handles the accumulation chart resize.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationResize(e: Event): boolean;
/**
* Handles the print method for accumulation chart control.
*/
print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void;
/**
* Export method for the chart.
*/
export(type: ExportType, fileName: string): void;
/**
* Applying styles for accumulation chart element
*/
private setStyle;
/**
* Method to set the annotation content dynamically for accumulation.
*/
setAnnotationValue(annotationIndex: number, content: string): void;
/**
* Handles the mouse move on accumulation chart.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationMouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean;
titleTooltip(event: Event, x: number, y: number, isTouch?: boolean): void;
/**
* Handles the mouse click on accumulation chart.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationOnMouseClick(e: PointerEvent): boolean;
private triggerPointEvent;
/**
* Handles the mouse right click on accumulation chart.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationRightClick(event: MouseEvent | PointerEvent): boolean;
/**
* Handles the mouse leave on accumulation chart.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
accumulationMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean;
/**
* Method to set culture for chart
*/
private setCulture;
/**
* Method to create SVG element for accumulation chart.
*/
private createPieSvg;
/**
* To Remove the SVG from accumulation chart.
* @return {boolean}
* @private
*/
removeSvg(): void;
/**
* Method to create the secondary element for tooltip, datalabel and annotaitons.
*/
private createSecondaryElement;
/**
* Method to find visible series based on series types
*/
private calculateVisibleSeries;
/**
* To find points from dataSource
*/
private processData;
/**
* To refresh the accumulation chart
* @private
*/
refreshChart(): void;
/**
* Method to find groupped points
*/
private doGrouppingProcess;
/**
* Method to calculate bounds for accumulation chart
*/
private calculateBounds;
private calculateLegendBounds;
/**
* To render elements for accumulation chart
* @private
*/
renderElements(): void;
/**
* To set the left and top position for data label template for center aligned chart
* @private
*/
setSecondaryElementPosition(): void;
/**
* To render the annotaitions for accumulation series.
* @private
*/
renderAnnotation(): void;
/**
* Method to process the explode in accumulation chart
* @private
*/
processExplode(): void;
/**
* Method to render series for accumulation chart
*/
private renderSeries;
/**
* Method to render border for accumulation chart
*/
private renderBorder;
/**
* Method to render legend for accumulation chart
*/
private renderLegend;
/**
* To process the selection in accumulation chart
* @private
*/
processSelection(): void;
/**
* To render title for accumulation chart
*/
private renderTitle;
private renderSubTitle;
/**
* To get the series parent element
* @private
*/
getSeriesElement(): Element;
/**
* To refresh the all visible series points
* @private
*/
refreshSeries(): void;
/**
* To refresh points label region and visible
* @private
*/
refreshPoints(points: AccPoints[]): void;
/**
* To get Module name
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the accumulationcharts
* @private
*/
destroy(): void;
/**
* To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering
* @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]}
* @private
*/
requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[];
/**
* To find datalabel visibility in series
*/
private findDatalabelVisibility;
/**
* Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state.
* @private
*/
getPersistData(): string;
/**
* Called internally if any of the property value changed.
* @private
*/
onPropertyChanged(newProp: AccumulationChartModel, oldProp: AccumulationChartModel): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/annotation/annotation.d.ts
/**
* AccumulationChart annotation properties
*/
/**
* `AccumulationAnnotation` module handles the annotation for accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationAnnotation extends AnnotationBase {
private pie;
private parentElement;
private annotations;
/**
* Constructor for accumulation chart annotation.
* @private.
*/
constructor(control: AccumulationChart);
/**
* Method to render the annotation for accumulation chart
* @param element
*/
renderAnnotations(element: Element): void;
/**
* Get module name.
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the annotation.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(control: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/index.d.ts
/**
* Pie Component items exported
*/
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/acc-base-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class AccumulationAnnotationSettings
*/
export interface AccumulationAnnotationSettingsModel {
/**
* Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element.
* @default null
*/
content?: string;
/**
* if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value
* else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate
* @default '0'
*/
x?: string | Date | number;
/**
* if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value
* else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate
* @default '0'
*/
y?: string | number;
/**
* Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are
* * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value.
* * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value.
* @default 'Pixel'
*/
coordinateUnits?: Units;
/**
* Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are
* * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates.
* * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates.
* @default 'Chart'
*/
region?: Regions;
/**
* Specifies the position of the annotation. They are
* * Top - Align the annotation element as top side.
* * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side.
* * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point.
* @default 'Middle'
*/
verticalAlignment?: Position;
/**
* Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are
* * Near - Align the annotation element as top side.
* * Far - Align the annotation element as bottom side.
* * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point.
* @default 'Center'
*/
horizontalAlignment?: Alignment;
/**
* Information about annotation for assistive technology.
* @default null
*/
description?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class AccumulationDataLabelSettings
*/
export interface AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel {
/**
* If set true, data label for series gets render.
* @default false
*/
visible?: boolean;
/**
* The DataSource field which contains the data label value.
* @default null
*/
name?: string;
/**
* The background color of the data label, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default 'transparent'
*/
fill?: string;
/**
* Specifies the position of data label. They are.
* * Outside - Places label outside the point.
* * Inside - Places label inside the point.
* @default 'Inside'
*/
position?: AccumulationLabelPosition;
/**
* The roundedCornerX for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null.
* @default 5
*/
rx?: number;
/**
* The roundedCornerY for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null.
* @default 5
*/
ry?: number;
/**
* Specifies angle for data label.
* @default 0
*/
angle?: number;
/**
* Enables rotation for data label.
* @default false
*/
enableRotation?: boolean;
/**
* Option for customizing the border lines.
*/
border?: BorderModel;
/**
* Option for customizing the data label text.
*/
font?: FontModel;
/**
* Options for customize the connector line in series.
* This property is applicable for Pie, Funnel and Pyramid series.
* The default connector length for Pie series is '4%'. For other series, it is null.
*/
connectorStyle?: ConnectorModel;
/**
* Custom template to format the data label content. Use ${point.x} and ${point.y} as a placeholder
* text to display the corresponding data point.
* @default null
*/
template?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class PieCenter
*/
export interface PieCenterModel {
/**
* X value of the center.
* @default '50%'
*/
x?: string;
/**
* Y value of the center.
* @default '50%'
*/
y?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class AccPoints
*/
export interface AccPointsModel {
}
/**
* Interface for a class AccumulationSeries
*/
export interface AccumulationSeriesModel {
/**
* Specifies the dataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({
* url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/'
* });
* let query$: data.Query = new data.Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false);
* let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({
* ...
* series: [{
* dataSource: dataManager,
* xName: 'Id',
* yName: 'Estimate',
* query: query
* }],
* ...
* });
* pie.appendTo('#Pie');
* ```
* @default ''
*/
dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager;
/**
* Specifies data.Query to select data from dataSource. This property is applicable only when the dataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`.
* @default null
*/
query?: data.Query;
/**
* The DataSource field which contains the x value.
* @default ''
*/
xName?: string;
/**
* Specifies the series name
* @default ''
*/
name?: string;
/**
* The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip Mapping name
* @default ''
*/
tooltipMappingName?: string;
/**
* The DataSource field which contains the y value.
* @default ''
*/
yName?: string;
/**
* Specifies the series visibility.
* @default true
*/
visible?: boolean;
/**
* Options for customizing the border of the series.
*/
border?: BorderModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the animation for series.
*/
animation?: AnimationModel;
/**
* The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are
* * Circle - Renders a circle.
* * Rectangle - Renders a rectangle.
* * Triangle - Renders a triangle.
* * Diamond - Renders a diamond.
* * Cross - Renders a cross.
* * HorizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine.
* * VerticalLine - Renders a verticalLine.
* * Pentagon - Renders a pentagon.
* * InvertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle.
* * SeriesType -Render a legend shape based on series type.
* @default 'SeriesType'
*/
legendShape?: LegendShape;
/**
* The DataSource field that contains the color value of point
* It is applicable for series
* @default ''
*/
pointColorMapping?: string;
/**
* Custom style for the selected series or points.
* @default null
*/
selectionStyle?: string;
/**
* AccumulationSeries y values less than groupTo are combined into single slice named others
* @default null
*/
groupTo?: string;
/**
* AccumulationSeries y values less than groupMode are combined into single slice named others
* @default Value
*/
groupMode?: GroupModes;
/**
* The data label for the series.
*/
dataLabel?: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel;
/**
* Palette for series points.
* @default []
*/
palettes?: string[];
/**
* Start angle for a series.
* @default 0
*/
startAngle?: number;
/**
* End angle for a series.
* @default null
*/
endAngle?: number;
/**
* Radius of the pie series and its values in percentage.
* @default '80%'
*/
radius?: string;
/**
* When the innerRadius value is greater than 0 percentage, a donut will appear in pie series. It takes values only in percentage.
* @default '0'
*/
innerRadius?: string;
/**
* Specify the type of the series in accumulation chart.
* @default 'Pie'
*/
type?: AccumulationType;
/**
* To enable or disable tooltip for a series.
* @default true
*/
enableTooltip?: boolean;
/**
* If set true, series points will be exploded on mouse click or touch.
* @default false
*/
explode?: boolean;
/**
* Distance of the point from the center, which takes values in both pixels and percentage.
* @default '30%'
*/
explodeOffset?: string;
/**
* If set true, all the points in the series will get exploded on load.
* @default false
*/
explodeAll?: boolean;
/**
* Index of the point, to be exploded on load.
* @default null
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
*/
explodeIndex?: number;
/**
* options to customize the empty points in series
*/
emptyPointSettings?: EmptyPointSettingsModel;
/**
* Defines the distance between the segments of a funnel/pyramid series. The range will be from 0 to 1
* @default 0
*/
gapRatio?: number;
/**
* Defines the width of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area
* @default '80%'
*/
width?: string;
/**
* Defines the height of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area
* @default '80%'
*/
height?: string;
/**
* Defines the width of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area
* @default '20%'
*/
neckWidth?: string;
/**
* Defines the height of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area
* @default '20%'
*/
neckHeight?: string;
/**
* Defines how the values have to be reflected, whether through height/surface of the segments
* @default 'Linear'
*/
pyramidMode?: PyramidModes;
/**
* The opacity of the series.
* @default 1.
*/
opacity?: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/acc-base.d.ts
/**
* AccumulationChart base file
*/
/**
* Annotation for accumulation series
*/
export class AccumulationAnnotationSettings extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element.
* @default null
*/
content: string;
/**
* if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value
* else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate
* @default '0'
*/
x: string | Date | number;
/**
* if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value
* else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate
* @default '0'
*/
y: string | number;
/**
* Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are
* * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value.
* * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value.
* @default 'Pixel'
*/
coordinateUnits: Units;
/**
* Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are
* * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates.
* * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates.
* @default 'Chart'
*/
region: Regions;
/**
* Specifies the position of the annotation. They are
* * Top - Align the annotation element as top side.
* * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side.
* * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point.
* @default 'Middle'
*/
verticalAlignment: Position;
/**
* Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are
* * Near - Align the annotation element as top side.
* * Far - Align the annotation element as bottom side.
* * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point.
* @default 'Center'
*/
horizontalAlignment: Alignment;
/**
* Information about annotation for assistive technology.
* @default null
*/
description: string;
}
/**
* Configures the dataLabel in accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationDataLabelSettings extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* If set true, data label for series gets render.
* @default false
*/
visible: boolean;
/**
* The DataSource field which contains the data label value.
* @default null
*/
name: string;
/**
* The background color of the data label, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default 'transparent'
*/
fill: string;
/**
* Specifies the position of data label. They are.
* * Outside - Places label outside the point.
* * Inside - Places label inside the point.
* @default 'Inside'
*/
position: AccumulationLabelPosition;
/**
* The roundedCornerX for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null.
* @default 5
*/
rx: number;
/**
* The roundedCornerY for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null.
* @default 5
*/
ry: number;
/**
* Specifies angle for data label.
* @default 0
*/
angle: number;
/**
* Enables rotation for data label.
* @default false
*/
enableRotation: boolean;
/**
* Option for customizing the border lines.
*/
border: BorderModel;
/**
* Option for customizing the data label text.
*/
font: FontModel;
/**
* Options for customize the connector line in series.
* This property is applicable for Pie, Funnel and Pyramid series.
* The default connector length for Pie series is '4%'. For other series, it is null.
*/
connectorStyle: ConnectorModel;
/**
* Custom template to format the data label content. Use ${point.x} and ${point.y} as a placeholder
* text to display the corresponding data point.
* @default null
*/
template: string;
}
/**
* Center value of the Pie series.
*/
export class PieCenter extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* X value of the center.
* @default '50%'
*/
x: string;
/**
* Y value of the center.
* @default '50%'
*/
y: string;
}
/**
* Points model for the series.
* @public
*/
export class AccPoints {
/** accumulation point x value */
x: Object;
/** accumulation point y value */
y: number;
/** accumulation point visibility */
visible: boolean;
/** accumulation point text */
text: string;
/** accumulation point tooltip */
tooltip: string;
/** accumulation point slice radius */
sliceRadius: string;
/** accumulation point original text */
originalText: string;
/** @private */
label: string;
/** accumulation point color */
color: string;
/** accumulation point percentage value */
percentage: number;
/** accumulation point symbol location */
symbolLocation: ChartLocation;
/** accumulation point index */
index: number;
/** @private */
midAngle: number;
/** @private */
startAngle: number;
/** @private */
endAngle: number;
/** @private */
labelAngle: number;
/** @private */
region: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
labelRegion: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
labelVisible: boolean;
/** @private */
labelPosition: AccumulationLabelPosition;
/** @private */
yRatio: number;
/** @private */
heightRatio: number;
/** @private */
labelOffset: ChartLocation;
regions: svgBase.Rect[];
/** @private */
isExplode: boolean;
/** @private */
isClubbed: boolean;
/** @private */
isSliced: boolean;
/** @private */
start: number;
/** @private */
degree: number;
/** @private */
transform: string;
}
/**
* Configures the series in accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationSeries extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Specifies the dataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({
* url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/'
* });
* let query$: data.Query = new data.Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false);
* let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({
* ...
* series: [{
* dataSource: dataManager,
* xName: 'Id',
* yName: 'Estimate',
* query: query
* }],
* ...
* });
* pie.appendTo('#Pie');
* ```
* @default ''
*/
dataSource: Object | data.DataManager;
/**
* Specifies data.Query to select data from dataSource. This property is applicable only when the dataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`.
* @default null
*/
query: data.Query;
/**
* The DataSource field which contains the x value.
* @default ''
*/
xName: string;
/**
* Specifies the series name
* @default ''
*/
name: string;
/**
* The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip Mapping name
* @default ''
*/
tooltipMappingName: string;
/**
* The DataSource field which contains the y value.
* @default ''
*/
yName: string;
/**
* Specifies the series visibility.
* @default true
*/
visible: boolean;
/**
* Options for customizing the border of the series.
*/
border: BorderModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the animation for series.
*/
animation: AnimationModel;
/**
* The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are
* * Circle - Renders a circle.
* * Rectangle - Renders a rectangle.
* * Triangle - Renders a triangle.
* * Diamond - Renders a diamond.
* * Cross - Renders a cross.
* * HorizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine.
* * VerticalLine - Renders a verticalLine.
* * Pentagon - Renders a pentagon.
* * InvertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle.
* * SeriesType -Render a legend shape based on series type.
* @default 'SeriesType'
*/
legendShape: LegendShape;
/**
* The DataSource field that contains the color value of point
* It is applicable for series
* @default ''
*/
pointColorMapping: string;
/**
* Custom style for the selected series or points.
* @default null
*/
selectionStyle: string;
/**
* AccumulationSeries y values less than groupTo are combined into single slice named others
* @default null
*/
groupTo: string;
/**
* AccumulationSeries y values less than groupMode are combined into single slice named others
* @default Value
*/
groupMode: GroupModes;
/**
* The data label for the series.
*/
dataLabel: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel;
/**
* Palette for series points.
* @default []
*/
palettes: string[];
/**
* Start angle for a series.
* @default 0
*/
startAngle: number;
/**
* End angle for a series.
* @default null
*/
endAngle: number;
/**
* Radius of the pie series and its values in percentage.
* @default '80%'
*/
radius: string;
/**
* When the innerRadius value is greater than 0 percentage, a donut will appear in pie series. It takes values only in percentage.
* @default '0'
*/
innerRadius: string;
/**
* Specify the type of the series in accumulation chart.
* @default 'Pie'
*/
type: AccumulationType;
/**
* To enable or disable tooltip for a series.
* @default true
*/
enableTooltip: boolean;
/**
* If set true, series points will be exploded on mouse click or touch.
* @default false
*/
explode: boolean;
/**
* Distance of the point from the center, which takes values in both pixels and percentage.
* @default '30%'
*/
explodeOffset: string;
/**
* If set true, all the points in the series will get exploded on load.
* @default false
*/
explodeAll: boolean;
/**
* Index of the point, to be exploded on load.
* @default null
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
*/
explodeIndex: number;
/**
* options to customize the empty points in series
*/
emptyPointSettings: EmptyPointSettingsModel;
/**
* Defines the distance between the segments of a funnel/pyramid series. The range will be from 0 to 1
* @default 0
*/
gapRatio: number;
/**
* Defines the width of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area
* @default '80%'
*/
width: string;
/**
* Defines the height of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area
* @default '80%'
*/
height: string;
/**
* Defines the width of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area
* @default '20%'
*/
neckWidth: string;
/**
* Defines the height of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area
* @default '20%'
*/
neckHeight: string;
/**
* Defines how the values have to be reflected, whether through height/surface of the segments
* @default 'Linear'
*/
pyramidMode: PyramidModes;
/**
* The opacity of the series.
* @default 1.
*/
opacity: number;
/** @private */
points: AccPoints[];
/** @private */
clubbedPoints: AccPoints[];
/** @private */
dataModule: Data;
/** @private */
sumOfPoints: number;
/** @private */
index: number;
/** @private */
sumOfClub: number;
/** @private */
resultData: Object;
/** @private */
lastGroupTo: string;
/** @private */
isRectSeries: boolean;
/** @private */
clipRect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
category: SeriesCategories;
/**
* To find the max bounds of the data label to place smart legend
* @private
*/
labelBound: svgBase.Rect;
/**
* To find the max bounds of the accumulation segment to place smart legend
* @private
*/
accumulationBound: svgBase.Rect;
/**
* Defines the funnel size
* @private
*/
triangleSize: svgBase.Size;
/**
* Defines the size of the funnel neck
* @private
*/
neckSize: svgBase.Size;
/** @private To refresh the Datamanager for series */
refreshDataManager(accumulation: AccumulationChart, render: boolean): void;
/**
* To get points on dataManager is success
* @private
*/
dataManagerSuccess(e: {
result: Object;
count: number;
}, accumulation: AccumulationChart, render: boolean): void;
/** @private To find points from result data */
getPoints(result: Object, accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
generateClubPoint(): AccPoints;
/**
* Method to set point index and color
*/
private pushPoints;
/**
* Method to find club point
*/
private isClub;
/**
* Method to find sum of points in the series
*/
private findSumOfPoints;
/**
* Method to set points x, y and text from data source
*/
private setPoints;
/**
* Method render the series elements for accumulation chart
* @private
*/
renderSeries(accumulation: AccumulationChart, redraw?: boolean): void;
/**
* Method render the points elements for accumulation chart series.
*/
private renderPoints;
/**
* Method render the datalabel elements for accumulation chart.
*/
private renderDataLabel;
/**
* To find maximum bounds for smart legend placing
* @private
*/
findMaxBounds(totalbound: svgBase.Rect, bound: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* To set empty point value for null points
* @private
*/
setAccEmptyPoint(point: AccPoints, i: number, data: Object, colors: string[]): void;
/**
* To find point is empty
*/
private isEmpty;
}
/**
* method to get series from index
* @private
*/
export function getSeriesFromIndex(index: number, visibleSeries: AccumulationSeries[]): AccumulationSeries;
/**
* method to get point from index
* @private
*/
export function pointByIndex(index: number, points: AccPoints[]): AccPoints;
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/enum.d.ts
/**
* Accumulation charts Enum file
*/
/**
* Defines the Accumulation Chart series type.
*/
export type AccumulationType =
/** Accumulation chart Pie series type */
'Pie' |
/** Accumulation chart Funnel series type */
'Funnel' |
/** Accumulation chart Pyramid series type */
'Pyramid';
/**
* Defines the AccumulationLabelPosition. They are
* * Inside - Define the data label position for the accumulation series Inside.
* * Outside - Define the data label position for the accumulation series Outside.
* *
*/
export type AccumulationLabelPosition =
/** Define the data label position for the accumulation series Inside */
'Inside' |
/** Define the data label position for the accumulation series Outside */
'Outside';
/**
* Defines the ConnectorType. They are
* * Line - Accumulation series Connector line type as Straight line.
* * Curve - Accumulation series Connector line type as Curved line.
* *
*/
export type ConnectorType =
/** Accumulation series Connector line type as Straight line */
'Line' |
/** Accumulation series Connector line type as Curved line */
'Curve';
/**
* Defines the SelectionMode, They are.
* * none - Disable the selection.
* * point - To select a point.
*/
export type AccumulationSelectionMode =
/** Disable the selection. */
'None' |
/** To select a point. */
'Point';
/**
* Defines Theme of the accumulation chart. They are
* * Material - Render a accumulation chart with Material theme.
* * Fabric - Render a accumulation chart with fabric theme.
*/
export type AccumulationTheme =
/** Render a accumulation chart with Material theme. */
'Material' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with Fabric theme. */
'Fabric' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with Bootstrap theme. */
'Bootstrap' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with Highcontrast Light theme. */
'HighContrastLight' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with MaterialDark theme. */
'MaterialDark' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with FabricDark theme. */
'FabricDark' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with HighContrastDark theme. */
'HighContrast' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with BootstrapDark theme. */
'BootstrapDark' |
/** Render a accumulation chart with BootstrapDark theme. */
'Bootstrap4';
/**
* Defines the empty point mode of the chart.
* * Zero - Used to display empty points as zero.
* * Drop - Used to ignore the empty point while rendering.
* * Average - Used to display empty points as previous and next point average.
*/
export type AccEmptyPointMode =
/** Used to display empty points as zero */
'Zero' |
/** Used to ignore the empty point while rendering */
'Drop' |
/** Used to display empty points as previous and next point average */
'Average' |
/** Used to ignore the empty point while rendering */
'Gap';
/**
* Defines the mode of the pyramid
* * Linear - Height of the pyramid segments reflects the values
* * Surface - Surface/Area of the pyramid segments reflects the values
*/
export type PyramidModes =
/** Height of the pyramid segments reflects the values */
'Linear' |
/** Surface/Area of the pyramid segments reflects the values */
'Surface';
/**
* Defines the mode of the group mode
* * Point - When choosing points, the selected points get grouped.
* * Value - When choosing values, the points which less then values get grouped.
*/
export type GroupModes =
/** When choosing points, the selected points get grouped */
'Point' |
/** When choosing values, the points which less then values get grouped. */
'Value';
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/pie-interface.d.ts
/**
* Interface for Accumulation chart
*/
/**
* Accumulation Chart SeriesRender event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccSeriesRenderEventArgs {
/** Defines the current series */
series: AccumulationSeries;
/** Defines the current data object */
data: Object;
/** Defines the current series name */
name: string;
}
/**
* Accumulation Chart TextRender event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccTextRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs {
/** Defines the current series */
series: AccumulationSeriesModel;
/** Defines the current point */
point: AccPoints;
/** Defines the current text */
text: string;
/** Defines the current fill color */
color: string;
/** Defines the current label border */
border: BorderModel;
/** Defines the current text template */
template: string;
/** Defines the current font */
font: FontModel;
}
/**
* Accumulation Chart TooltipRender event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccTooltipRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs {
/** Defines the current tooltip content */
content?: string | HTMLElement;
/** Defines the current tooltip text style */
textStyle?: FontModel;
/** Defines the current tooltip series */
series: AccumulationSeries;
/** Defines the current tooltip point */
point: AccPoints;
}
/**
* Accumulation Chart AnimationComplete event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs {
/** Defines the current animation series */
series: AccumulationSeries;
/** Defines the accumulation chart instance */
accumulation: AccumulationChart;
/** Defines the accumulation chart instance */
chart: AccumulationChart;
}
/**
* Accumulation Chart Resize event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccResizeEventArgs {
/** Defines the name of the Event */
name: string;
/** Defines the previous size of the accumulation chart */
previousSize: svgBase.Size;
/** Defines the current size of the accumulation chart */
currentSize: svgBase.Size;
/** Defines the accumulation chart instance */
accumulation: AccumulationChart;
/** Defines the accumulation chart instance */
chart: AccumulationChart;
}
/**
* Accumulation Chart PointRender event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccPointRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs {
/** Defines the current series of the point */
series: AccumulationSeries;
/** Defines the current point */
point: AccPoints;
/** Defines the current point fill color */
fill: string;
/** Defines the current point border color */
border: BorderModel;
/** Defines the current point height */
height?: number;
/** Defines the current point width */
width?: number;
}
/**
* Accumulation Chart Load or Loaded event arguments.
*/
export interface IAccLoadedEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs {
/** Defines the accumulation chart instance */
accumulation: AccumulationChart;
/** Defines the accumulation chart instance */
chart: AccumulationChart;
}
export interface IAccLegendRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs {
/** Defines the current legend shape */
shape: LegendShape;
/** Defines the current legend fill color */
fill: string;
/** Defines the current legend text */
text: string;
}
export interface IAccChartTooltipTemplate {
/** accumulation point x value */
x?: Object;
/** accumulation point y value */
y?: number;
/** accumulation point color */
label?: string;
/** accumulation point percentage value */
percentage?: number;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/accumulation-base.d.ts
/**
* Accumulation Base used to do some base calculation for accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationBase {
/** @private */
constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart);
private pieCenter;
/**
* Gets the center of the pie
* @private
*/
/**
* Sets the center of the pie
* @private
*/
center: ChartLocation;
private pieRadius;
/**
* Gets the radius of the pie
* @private
*/
/**
* Sets the radius of the pie
* @private
*/
radius: number;
private pieLabelRadius;
/**
* Gets the label radius of the pie
* @private
*/
/**
* Sets the label radius of the pie
* @private
*/
labelRadius: number;
/** @private */
protected accumulation: AccumulationChart;
/**
* Checks whether the series is circular or not
* @private
*/
protected isCircular(): boolean;
/**
* To check various radius pie
* @private
*/
protected isVariousRadius(): boolean;
/**
* To process the explode on accumulation chart loading
* @private
*/
processExplode(event: Event): void;
/**
* To invoke the explode on accumulation chart loading
* @private
*/
invokeExplode(): void;
/**
* To deExplode all points in the series
* @private
*/
deExplodeAll(index: number, animationDuration: number): void;
/**
* To explode point by index
* @private
*/
explodePoints(index: number, chart: AccumulationChart, explode?: boolean): void;
private getSum;
private clubPointExplode;
/**
* To Explode points
* @param index
* @param point
* @param explode
*/
private pointExplode;
/**
* To check point is exploded by id
*/
private isExplode;
/**
* To deExplode the point by index
*/
private deExplodeSlice;
/**
* To translate the point elements by index and position
*/
private setTranslate;
/**
* To translate the point element by id and position
*/
private setElementTransform;
/**
* To translate the point elements by index position
*/
private explodeSlice;
/**
* To Perform animation point explode
* @param index
* @param sliceId
* @param start
* @param endX
* @param endY
*/
private performAnimation;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/dataLabel.d.ts
/**
* AccumulationDataLabel module used to render `dataLabel`.
*/
export class AccumulationDataLabel extends AccumulationBase {
/** @private */
titleRect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
areaRect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
clearTooltip: number;
private id;
marginValue: number;
constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart);
/**
* Method to get datalabel text location.
* @private
*/
getDataLabelPosition(point: AccPoints, dataLabel: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel, textSize: svgBase.Size, points: AccPoints[], parent: Element, id: string): void;
/**
* Method to get datalabel bound.
*/
private getLabelRegion;
/**
* Method to get datalabel smart position.
*/
private getSmartLabel;
/**
* To find trimmed datalabel tooltip needed.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
move(e: Event, x: number, y: number, isTouch?: boolean): void;
/**
* To find previous valid label point
*/
private findPreviousPoint;
/**
* To find current point datalabel is overlapping with other points
*/
private isOverlapping;
/**
* To get text trimmed while exceeds the accumulation chart area.
*/
private textTrimming;
/**
* To set point label visible and region to disable.
*/
private setPointVisibileFalse;
/**
* To set datalabel angle position for outside labels
*/
private setOuterSmartLabel;
/**
* Sets smart label positions for funnel and pyramid series
*/
private setSmartLabelForSegments;
/**
* To find connector line overlapping.
*/
private isConnectorLineOverlapping;
/**
* To find two rectangle intersect
*/
private isLineRectangleIntersect;
/**
* To find two line intersect
*/
private isLinesIntersect;
/**
* To get two rectangle overlapping angles.
*/
private getOverlappedAngle;
/**
* To get connector line path
*/
private getConnectorPath;
/**
* Finds the curved path for funnel/pyramid data label connectors
*/
private getPolyLinePath;
/**
* Finds the bezier point for funnel/pyramid data label connectors
*/
private getBezierPoint;
/**
* To get label edges based on the center and label rect position.
*/
private getEdgeOfLabel;
/**
* Finds the distance between the label position and the edge/center of the funnel/pyramid
*/
private getLabelDistance;
/**
* Finds the label position / beginning of the connector(ouside funnel labels)
*/
private getLabelLocation;
/**
* Finds the beginning of connector line
*/
private getConnectorStartPoint;
/**
* To find area rect based on margin, available size.
* @private
*/
findAreaRect(): void;
/**
* To render the data labels from series points.
*/
renderDataLabel(point: AccPoints, dataLabel: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel, parent: Element, points: AccPoints[], series: number, templateElement?: HTMLElement, redraw?: boolean): void;
/**
* To find the template element size
* @param element
* @param point
* @param argsData
*/
private getTemplateSize;
/**
* To set the template element style
* @param childElement
* @param point
* @param parent
* @param labelColor
* @param fill
*/
private setTemplateStyle;
/**
* To find saturated color for datalabel
*/
private getSaturatedColor;
/**
* Animates the data label template.
* @return {void}.
* @private
*/
doTemplateAnimation(accumulation: AccumulationChart, element: Element): void;
/**
* To find background color for the datalabel
*/
private getLabelBackground;
/**
* To correct the padding between datalabel regions.
*/
private correctLabelRegion;
/**
* To get the dataLabel module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the data label.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/funnel-series.d.ts
/**
* Defines the behavior of a funnel series
*/
/**
* FunnelSeries module used to render `Funnel` Series.
*/
export class FunnelSeries extends TriangularBase {
/**
* Defines the path of a funnel segment
*/
private getSegmentData;
/**
* Renders a funnel segment
* @private
*/
renderPoint(point: AccPoints, series: AccumulationSeries, chart: AccumulationChart, options: svgBase.PathOption, seriesGroup: Element, redraw: boolean): void;
/**
* To get the module name of the funnel series.
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the funnel series.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/legend.d.ts
/**
* AccumulationLegend module used to render `Legend` for Accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationLegend extends BaseLegend {
titleRect: svgBase.Rect;
private totalRowCount;
private maxColumnWidth;
/**
* Constructor for Accumulation Legend.
* @param chart
*/
constructor(chart: AccumulationChart);
/**
* Get the legend options.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
getLegendOptions(chart: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries[]): void;
/**
* To find legend bounds for accumulation chart.
* @private
*/
getLegendBounds(availableSize: svgBase.Size, legendBounds: svgBase.Rect, legend: LegendSettingsModel): void;
/**
* To find maximum column size for legend
*/
private getMaxColumn;
/**
* To find available width from legend x position.
*/
private getAvailWidth;
/**
* To find legend rendering locations from legend options.
* @private
*/
getRenderPoint(legendOption: LegendOptions, start: ChartLocation, textPadding: number, prevLegend: LegendOptions, rect: svgBase.Rect, count: number, firstLegend: number): void;
/**
* finding the smart legend place according to positions.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
getSmartLegendLocation(labelBound: svgBase.Rect, legendBound: svgBase.Rect, margin: MarginModel): void;
/**
* To get title rect.
*/
private getTitleRect;
/**
* To get legend by index
*/
private legendByIndex;
/**
* To show or hide the legend on clicking the legend.
* @return {void}
*/
click(event: Event): void;
/**
* To translate the point elements by index and position
*/
private sliceVisibility;
/**
* Slice animation
* @param element
* @param name
* @param isVisible
*/
private sliceAnimate;
/**
* Get module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the Legend.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(chart: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/pie-base.d.ts
/**
* PieBase class used to do pie base calculations.
*/
export class PieBase extends AccumulationBase {
protected startAngle: number;
protected totalAngle: number;
innerRadius: number;
center: ChartLocation;
radius: number;
labelRadius: number;
isRadiusMapped: boolean;
seriesRadius: number;
size: number;
/**
* To initialize the property values.
* @private
*/
initProperties(chart: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries): void;
getLabelRadius(series: AccumulationSeriesModel, point: AccPoints): number;
/**
* To find the center of the accumulation.
* @private
*/
findCenter(accumulation: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries): void;
/**
* To find angles from series.
*/
private initAngles;
/**
* To calculate data-label bound
* @private
*/
defaultLabelBound(series: AccumulationSeries, visible: boolean, position: AccumulationLabelPosition): void;
/**
* To calculate series bound
* @private
*/
getSeriesBound(series: AccumulationSeries): svgBase.Rect;
/**
* To get rect location size from angle
*/
private getRectFromAngle;
/**
* To get path arc direction
*/
protected getPathArc(center: ChartLocation, start: number, end: number, radius: number, innerRadius: number): string;
/**
* To get pie direction
*/
protected getPiePath(center: ChartLocation, start: ChartLocation, end: ChartLocation, radius: number, clockWise: number): string;
/**
* To get doughnut direction
*/
protected getDoughnutPath(center: ChartLocation, start: ChartLocation, end: ChartLocation, radius: number, innerStart: ChartLocation, innerEnd: ChartLocation, innerRadius: number, clockWise: number): string;
/**
* Method to start animation for pie series.
*/
protected doAnimation(slice: Element, series: AccumulationSeries): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/pie-series.d.ts
/**
* AccumulationChart series file
*/
/**
* PieSeries module used to render `Pie` Series.
*/
export class PieSeries extends PieBase {
/**
* To get path option, degree, symbolLocation from the point.
* @private
*/
renderPoint(point: AccPoints, series: AccumulationSeries, chart: AccumulationChart, option: svgBase.PathOption, seriesGroup: Element, redraw?: boolean): void;
findSeries(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void;
toggleInnerPoint(event: PointerEvent | TouchEvent, radius: number, innerRadius: number): void;
removeBorder(borderElement: Element, duration: number): void;
private refresh;
/**
* To get path option from the point.
*/
private getPathOption;
/**
* To animate the pie series.
* @private
*/
animateSeries(accumulation: AccumulationChart, option: AnimationModel, series: AccumulationSeries, slice: Element): void;
/**
* To get the module name of the Pie series.
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the pie series.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/pyramid-series.d.ts
/**
* Defines the behavior of a pyramid series
*/
/**
* PyramidSeries module used to render `Pyramid` Series.
*/
export class PyramidSeries extends TriangularBase {
/**
* Defines the path of a pyramid segment
*/
private getSegmentData;
/**
* Initializes the size of the pyramid segments
* @private
*/
protected initializeSizeRatio(points: AccPoints[], series: AccumulationSeries): void;
/**
* Defines the size of the pyramid segments, the surface of that will reflect the values
*/
private calculateSurfaceSegments;
/**
* Finds the height of pyramid segment
*/
private getSurfaceHeight;
/**
* Solves quadratic equation
*/
private solveQuadraticEquation;
/**
* Renders a pyramid segment
*/
private renderPoint;
/**
* To get the module name of the Pyramid series.
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the pyramid series
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/triangular-base.d.ts
/**
* Defines the common behavior of funnel and pyramid series
*/
/**
* TriangularBase is used to calculate base functions for funnel/pyramid series.
*/
export class TriangularBase extends AccumulationBase {
/**
* Initializes the properties of funnel/pyramid series
* @private
*/
initProperties(chart: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries): void;
/**
* Initializes the size of the pyramid/funnel segments
* @private
*/
protected initializeSizeRatio(points: AccPoints[], series: AccumulationSeries, reverse?: boolean): void;
/**
* Marks the label location from the set of points that forms a pyramid/funnel segment
* @private
*/
protected setLabelLocation(series: AccumulationSeries, point: AccPoints, points: ChartLocation[]): void;
/**
* Finds the path to connect the list of points
* @private
*/
protected findPath(locations: ChartLocation[]): string;
/**
* To calculate data-label bounds
* @private
*/
defaultLabelBound(series: AccumulationSeries, visible: boolean, position: AccumulationLabelPosition, chart: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/user-interaction/selection.d.ts
/**
* `AccumulationSelection` module handles the selection for accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationSelection extends BaseSelection {
private renderer;
/** @private */
rectPoints: svgBase.Rect;
selectedDataIndexes: Indexes[];
private series;
constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart);
/**
* To initialize the private variables
*/
private initPrivateVariables;
/**
* Invoke selection for rendered chart.
* @param {AccumulationChart} chart - Define the chart to invoke the selection.
* @return {void}
*/
invokeSelection(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
/**
* To get series selection style by series.
*/
private generateStyle;
/**
* To get elements by index, series
*/
private findElements;
/**
* To get series point element by index
*/
private getElementByIndex;
/**
* To calculate selected elements on mouse click or touch
* @private
*/
calculateSelectedElements(accumulation: AccumulationChart, event: Event): void;
/**
* To perform the selection process based on index and element.
*/
private performSelection;
/**
* To select the element by index. Adding or removing selection style class name.
*/
private selection;
/**
* To redraw the selection process on accumulation chart refresh.
* @private
*/
redrawSelection(accumulation: AccumulationChart, oldMode: AccumulationSelectionMode): void;
/**
* To remove the selected elements style classes by indexes.
*/
private removeSelectedElements;
/**
* To perform the selection for legend elements.
* @private
*/
legendSelection(accumulation: AccumulationChart, series: number, pointIndex: number): void;
/**
* To select the element by selected data indexes.
*/
private selectDataIndex;
/**
* To remove the selection styles for multi selection process.
*/
private removeMultiSelectEelments;
/**
* To apply the opacity effect for accumulation chart series elements.
*/
private blurEffect;
/**
* To check selection elements by style class name.
*/
private checkSelectionElements;
/**
* To apply selection style for elements.
*/
private applyStyles;
/**
* To get selection style class name by id
*/
private getSelectionClass;
/**
* To remove selection style for elements.
*/
private removeStyles;
/**
* To apply or remove selected elements index.
*/
private addOrRemoveIndex;
/**
* To check two index, point and series are equal
*/
private checkEquals;
/**
* To check selected points are visibility
*/
private checkPointVisibility;
/**
* Get module name.
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the selection.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts
/**
* `AccumulationTooltip` module is used to render tooltip for accumulation chart.
*/
export class AccumulationTooltip extends BaseTooltip {
accumulation: AccumulationChart;
constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart);
/**
* @hidden
*/
private addEventListener;
private mouseLeaveHandler;
private mouseUpHandler;
private mouseMoveHandler;
/**
* Renders the tooltip.
* @param {PointerEvent} event - Mouse move event.
* @return {void}
*/
tooltip(event: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void;
private renderSeriesTooltip;
private triggerTooltipRender;
private getPieData;
/**
* To get series from index
*/
private getSeriesFromIndex;
private getTooltipText;
private findHeader;
private parseTemplate;
/**
* Get module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the Tooltip.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(chart: AccumulationChart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/annotation/annotation.d.ts
/**
* `ChartAnnotation` module handles the annotation for chart.
*/
export class ChartAnnotation extends AnnotationBase {
private chart;
private annotations;
private parentElement;
/**
* Constructor for chart annotation.
* @private.
*/
constructor(control: Chart, annotations: ChartAnnotationSettings[]);
/**
* Method to render the annotation for chart
* @param element
* @private
*/
renderAnnotations(element: Element): void;
/**
* To destroy the annotation.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(control: Chart): void;
/**
* Get module name.
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/axis-helper.d.ts
/**
* Common axis classes
* @private
*/
export class NiceInterval extends Double {
/**
* Method to calculate numeric datetime interval
*/
calculateDateTimeNiceInterval(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size, start: number, end: number, isChart?: boolean): number;
/**
* To get the skeleton for the DateTime axis.
* @return {string}
* @private
*/
getSkeleton(axis: Axis, currentValue: number, previousValue: number): string;
/**
* Get intervalType month format
* @param currentValue
* @param previousValue
*/
private getMonthFormat;
/**
* Get intervalType day label format for the axis
* @param axis
* @param currentValue
* @param previousValue
*/
private getDayFormat;
/**
* Find label format for axis
* @param axis
* @param currentValue
* @param previousValue
* @private
*/
findCustomFormats(axis: Axis, currentValue: number, previousValue: number): string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/axis-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class Row
*/
export interface RowModel {
/**
* The height of the row as a string accept input both as '100px' and '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, row renders to the full height of its chart.
* @default '100%'
*/
height?: string;
/**
* Options to customize the border of the rows.
*/
border?: BorderModel;
}
/**
* Interface for a class Column
*/
export interface ColumnModel {
/**
* The width of the column as a string accepts input both as like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, column renders to the full width of its chart.
* @default '100%'
*/
width?: string;
/**
* Options to customize the border of the columns.
*/
border?: BorderModel;
}
/**
* Interface for a class MajorGridLines
*/
export interface MajorGridLinesModel {
/**
* The width of the line in pixels.
* @default 1
*/
width?: number;
/**
* The dash array of the grid lines.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray?: string;
/**
* The color of the major grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class MinorGridLines
*/
export interface MinorGridLinesModel {
/**
* The width of the line in pixels.
* @default 0.7
*/
width?: number;
/**
* The dash array of grid lines.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray?: string;
/**
* The color of the minor grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class AxisLine
*/
export interface AxisLineModel {
/**
* The width of the line in pixels.
* @default 1
*/
width?: number;
/**
* The dash array of the axis line.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray?: string;
/**
* The color of the axis line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class MajorTickLines
*/
export interface MajorTickLinesModel {
/**
* The width of the tick lines in pixels.
* @default 1
*/
width?: number;
/**
* The height of the ticks in pixels.
* @default 5
*/
height?: number;
/**
* The color of the major tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class MinorTickLines
*/
export interface MinorTickLinesModel {
/**
* The width of the tick line in pixels.
* @default 0.7
*/
width?: number;
/**
* The height of the ticks in pixels.
* @default 5
*/
height?: number;
/**
* The color of the minor tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color?: string;
}
/**
* Interface for a class CrosshairTooltip
*/
export interface CrosshairTooltipModel {
/**
* If set to true, crosshair ToolTip will be visible.
* @default false
*/
enable?: Boolean;
/**
* The fill color of the ToolTip accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
fill?: string;
/**
* Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip text.
*/
textStyle?: FontModel;
}
/**
* Interface for a class Axis
*/
export interface AxisModel {
/**
* Options to customize the axis label.
*/
labelStyle?: FontModel;
/**
* Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip.
*/
crosshairTooltip?: CrosshairTooltipModel;
/**
* Specifies the title of an axis.
* @default ''
*/
title?: string;
/**
* Options for customizing the axis title.
*/
titleStyle?: FontModel;
/**
* Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc.
* It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C.
* @default ''
*/
labelFormat?: string;
/**
* Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process.
* @default ''
*/
skeleton?: string;
/**
* It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process.
* @default 'DateTime'
*/
skeletonType?: SkeletonType;
/**
* Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels.
* @default 0
*/
plotOffset?: number;
/**
* Specifies indexed category axis.
* @default false
*/
isIndexed?: boolean;
/**
* The base value for logarithmic axis. It requires `valueType` to be `Logarithmic`.
* @default 10
*/
logBase?: number;
/**
* Specifies the index of the column where the axis is associated,
* when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `columns`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* columns: [{ width: '50%' },
* { width: '50%' }],
* axes: [{
* name: 'xAxis 1',
* columnIndex: 1,
* }],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default 0
*/
columnIndex?: number;
/**
* Specifies the index of the row where the axis is associated, when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `rows`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* rows: [{ height: '50%' },
* { height: '50%' }],
* axes: [{
* name: 'yAxis 1',
* rowIndex: 1,
* }],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default 0
*/
rowIndex?: number;
/**
* Specifies the number of `columns` or `rows` an axis has to span horizontally or vertically.
* @default 1
*/
span?: number;
/**
* With this property, you can request axis to calculate intervals approximately equal to your specified interval.
* @default null
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
*/
desiredIntervals?: number;
/**
* The maximum number of label count per 100 pixels with respect to the axis length.
* @default 3
*/
maximumLabels?: number;
/**
* The axis is scaled by this factor. When zoomFactor is 0.5, the chart is scaled by 200% along this axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1.
* @default 1
*/
zoomFactor?: number;
/**
* Position of the zoomed axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1.
* @default 0
*/
zoomPosition?: number;
/**
* If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position.
* @default false
*/
opposedPosition?: boolean;
/**
* If set to true, axis interval will be calculated automatically with respect to the zoomed range.
* @default true
*/
enableAutoIntervalOnZooming?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the padding for the axis range in terms of interval.They are,
* * none: Padding cannot be applied to the axis.
* * normal: Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation.
* * additional: Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range.
* * round: Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
rangePadding?: ChartRangePadding;
/**
* Specifies the type of data the axis is handling.
* * Double: Renders a numeric axis.
* * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis.
* * Category: Renders a category axis.
* * Logarithmic: Renders a log axis.
* @default 'Double'
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Blazor.Charts.ValueType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
valueType?: ValueType;
/**
* Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are,
* * None: No action will be performed.
* * Hide: Edge label will be hidden.
* * Shift: Shifts the edge labels.
* @default 'None'
*/
edgeLabelPlacement?: EdgeLabelPlacement;
/**
* Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes`, `Seconds` in date time axis.They are,
* * Auto: Defines the interval of the axis based on data.
* * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years.
* * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months.
* * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days.
* * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours.
* * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
intervalType?: IntervalType;
/**
* Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are,
* * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks.
* * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks.
* @default 'BetweenTicks'
*/
labelPlacement?: LabelPlacement;
/**
* Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are,
* * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line.
* * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line.
* @default 'Outside'
*/
tickPosition?: AxisPosition;
/**
* Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are,
* * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line.
* * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line.
* @default 'Outside'
*/
labelPosition?: AxisPosition;
/**
* Unique identifier of an axis.
* To associate an axis with the series, set this name to the xAxisName/yAxisName properties of the series.
* @default ''
*/
name?: string;
/**
* If set to true, axis label will be visible.
* @default true
*/
visible?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval.
* @default 0
*/
minorTicksPerInterval?: number;
/**
* The angle to which the axis label gets rotated.
* @default 0
*/
labelRotation?: number;
/**
* Specifies the value at which the axis line has to be intersect with the vertical axis or vice versa.
* @default null
*/
crossesAt?: Object;
/**
* Specifies whether axis elements like axis labels, axis title, etc has to be crossed with axis line
* @default true
*/
placeNextToAxisLine?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies axis name with which the axis line has to be crossed
* @default null
*/
crossesInAxis?: string;
/**
* Specifies the minimum range of an axis.
* @default null
*/
minimum?: Object;
/**
* Specifies the maximum range of an axis.
* @default null
*/
maximum?: Object;
/**
* Specifies the interval for an axis.
* @default null
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
*/
interval?: number;
/**
* Specifies the maximum width of an axis label.
* @default 34.
*/
maximumLabelWidth?: number;
/**
* Specifies the Trim property for an axis.
* @default false
*/
enableTrim?: boolean;
/**
* Options for customizing major tick lines.
*/
majorTickLines?: MajorTickLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing minor tick lines.
*/
minorTickLines?: MinorTickLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing major grid lines.
*/
majorGridLines?: MajorGridLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing minor grid lines.
*/
minorGridLines?: MinorGridLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing axis lines.
*/
lineStyle?: AxisLineModel;
/**
* Specifies the actions like `None`, `Hide`, `Trim`, `Wrap`, `MultipleRows`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90`
* when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are,
* * None: Shows all the labels.
* * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects.
* * Trim: Trim the label when it intersects.
* * Wrap: Wrap the label when it intersects.
* * MultipleRows: Shows the label in MultipleRows when it intersects.
* * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects.
* * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects.
* @default Trim
*/
labelIntersectAction?: LabelIntersectAction;
/**
* It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not.
* @default false
*/
isInversed?: boolean;
/**
* The polar radar radius position.
* @default 100
*/
coefficient?: number;
/**
* The start angle for the series.
* @default 0
*/
startAngle?: number;
/**
* Description for axis and its element.
* @default null
*/
description?: string;
/**
* TabIndex value for the axis.
* @default 2
*/
tabIndex?: number;
/**
* Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis
*/
stripLines?: StripLineSettingsModel[];
/**
* Specifies the multi level labels collection for the axis
*/
multiLevelLabels?: MultiLevelLabelsModel[];
/**
* Border of the multi level labels.
*/
border?: LabelBorderModel;
/**
* Option to customize scrollbar with lazy loading
*/
scrollbarSettings?: ScrollbarSettingsModel;
}
/**
* Interface for a class VisibleLabels
* @private
*/
export interface VisibleLabelsModel {
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/axis.d.ts
/**
* Configures the `rows` of the chart.
*/
export class Row extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The height of the row as a string accept input both as '100px' and '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, row renders to the full height of its chart.
* @default '100%'
*/
height: string;
/**
* Options to customize the border of the rows.
*/
border: BorderModel;
/** @private */
axes: Axis[];
/** @private */
computedHeight: number;
/** @private */
computedTop: number;
/** @private */
nearSizes: number[];
/** @private */
farSizes: number[];
/**
* Measure the row size
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
computeSize(axis: Axis, clipRect: svgBase.Rect, scrollBarHeight: number): void;
}
/**
* Configures the `columns` of the chart.
*/
export class Column extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The width of the column as a string accepts input both as like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, column renders to the full width of its chart.
* @default '100%'
*/
width: string;
/**
* Options to customize the border of the columns.
*/
border: BorderModel;
/** @private */
axes: Axis[];
/** @private */
computedWidth: number;
/** @private */
computedLeft: number;
/** @private */
nearSizes: number[];
/** @private */
farSizes: number[];
/** @private */
private padding;
/**
* Measure the column size
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
computeSize(axis: Axis, clipRect: svgBase.Rect, scrollBarHeight: number): void;
}
/**
* Configures the major grid lines in the `axis`.
*/
export class MajorGridLines extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The width of the line in pixels.
* @default 1
*/
width: number;
/**
* The dash array of the grid lines.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray: string;
/**
* The color of the major grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color: string;
}
/**
* Configures the minor grid lines in the `axis`.
*/
export class MinorGridLines extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The width of the line in pixels.
* @default 0.7
*/
width: number;
/**
* The dash array of grid lines.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray: string;
/**
* The color of the minor grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color: string;
}
/**
* Configures the axis line of a chart.
*/
export class AxisLine extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The width of the line in pixels.
* @default 1
*/
width: number;
/**
* The dash array of the axis line.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray: string;
/**
* The color of the axis line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color: string;
}
/**
* Configures the major tick lines.
*/
export class MajorTickLines extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The width of the tick lines in pixels.
* @default 1
*/
width: number;
/**
* The height of the ticks in pixels.
* @default 5
*/
height: number;
/**
* The color of the major tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color: string;
}
/**
* Configures the minor tick lines.
*/
export class MinorTickLines extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* The width of the tick line in pixels.
* @default 0.7
*/
width: number;
/**
* The height of the ticks in pixels.
* @default 5
*/
height: number;
/**
* The color of the minor tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
color: string;
}
/**
* Configures the crosshair ToolTip.
*/
export class CrosshairTooltip extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* If set to true, crosshair ToolTip will be visible.
* @default false
*/
enable: Boolean;
/**
* The fill color of the ToolTip accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
fill: string;
/**
* Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip text.
*/
textStyle: FontModel;
}
/**
* Configures the axes in the chart.
* @public
*/
export class Axis extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* Options to customize the axis label.
*/
labelStyle: FontModel;
/**
* Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip.
*/
crosshairTooltip: CrosshairTooltipModel;
/**
* Specifies the title of an axis.
* @default ''
*/
title: string;
/**
* Options for customizing the axis title.
*/
titleStyle: FontModel;
/**
* Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc.
* It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C.
* @default ''
*/
labelFormat: string;
/**
* Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process.
* @default ''
*/
skeleton: string;
/**
* It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process.
* @default 'DateTime'
*/
skeletonType: SkeletonType;
/**
* Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels.
* @default 0
*/
plotOffset: number;
/**
* Specifies indexed category axis.
* @default false
*/
isIndexed: boolean;
/**
* The base value for logarithmic axis. It requires `valueType` to be `Logarithmic`.
* @default 10
*/
logBase: number;
/**
* Specifies the index of the column where the axis is associated,
* when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `columns`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* columns: [{ width: '50%' },
* { width: '50%' }],
* axes: [{
* name: 'xAxis 1',
* columnIndex: 1,
* }],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default 0
*/
columnIndex: number;
/**
* Specifies the index of the row where the axis is associated, when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `rows`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* rows: [{ height: '50%' },
* { height: '50%' }],
* axes: [{
* name: 'yAxis 1',
* rowIndex: 1,
* }],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default 0
*/
rowIndex: number;
/**
* Specifies the number of `columns` or `rows` an axis has to span horizontally or vertically.
* @default 1
*/
span: number;
/**
* With this property, you can request axis to calculate intervals approximately equal to your specified interval.
* @default null
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
*/
desiredIntervals: number;
/**
* The maximum number of label count per 100 pixels with respect to the axis length.
* @default 3
*/
maximumLabels: number;
/**
* The axis is scaled by this factor. When zoomFactor is 0.5, the chart is scaled by 200% along this axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1.
* @default 1
*/
zoomFactor: number;
/**
* Position of the zoomed axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1.
* @default 0
*/
zoomPosition: number;
/**
* If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position.
* @default false
*/
opposedPosition: boolean;
/**
* If set to true, axis interval will be calculated automatically with respect to the zoomed range.
* @default true
*/
enableAutoIntervalOnZooming: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the padding for the axis range in terms of interval.They are,
* * none: Padding cannot be applied to the axis.
* * normal: Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation.
* * additional: Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range.
* * round: Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
rangePadding: ChartRangePadding;
/**
* Specifies the type of data the axis is handling.
* * Double: Renders a numeric axis.
* * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis.
* * Category: Renders a category axis.
* * Logarithmic: Renders a log axis.
* @default 'Double'
* @blazorType Syncfusion.EJ2.Blazor.Charts.ValueType
* @isEnumeration true
*/
valueType: ValueType;
/**
* Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are,
* * None: No action will be performed.
* * Hide: Edge label will be hidden.
* * Shift: Shifts the edge labels.
* @default 'None'
*/
edgeLabelPlacement: EdgeLabelPlacement;
/**
* Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes`, `Seconds` in date time axis.They are,
* * Auto: Defines the interval of the axis based on data.
* * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years.
* * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months.
* * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days.
* * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours.
* * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes.
* @default 'Auto'
*/
intervalType: IntervalType;
/**
* Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are,
* * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks.
* * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks.
* @default 'BetweenTicks'
*/
labelPlacement: LabelPlacement;
/**
* Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are,
* * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line.
* * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line.
* @default 'Outside'
*/
tickPosition: AxisPosition;
/**
* Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are,
* * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line.
* * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line.
* @default 'Outside'
*/
labelPosition: AxisPosition;
/**
* Unique identifier of an axis.
* To associate an axis with the series, set this name to the xAxisName/yAxisName properties of the series.
* @default ''
*/
name: string;
/**
* If set to true, axis label will be visible.
* @default true
*/
visible: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval.
* @default 0
*/
minorTicksPerInterval: number;
/**
* The angle to which the axis label gets rotated.
* @default 0
*/
labelRotation: number;
/**
* Specifies the value at which the axis line has to be intersect with the vertical axis or vice versa.
* @default null
*/
crossesAt: Object;
/**
* Specifies whether axis elements like axis labels, axis title, etc has to be crossed with axis line
* @default true
*/
placeNextToAxisLine: boolean;
/**
* Specifies axis name with which the axis line has to be crossed
* @default null
*/
crossesInAxis: string;
/**
* Specifies the minimum range of an axis.
* @default null
*/
minimum: Object;
/**
* Specifies the maximum range of an axis.
* @default null
*/
maximum: Object;
/**
* Specifies the interval for an axis.
* @default null
* @aspDefaultValueIgnore
*/
interval: number;
/**
* Specifies the maximum width of an axis label.
* @default 34.
*/
maximumLabelWidth: number;
/**
* Specifies the Trim property for an axis.
* @default false
*/
enableTrim: boolean;
/**
* Options for customizing major tick lines.
*/
majorTickLines: MajorTickLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing minor tick lines.
*/
minorTickLines: MinorTickLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing major grid lines.
*/
majorGridLines: MajorGridLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing minor grid lines.
*/
minorGridLines: MinorGridLinesModel;
/**
* Options for customizing axis lines.
*/
lineStyle: AxisLineModel;
/**
* Specifies the actions like `None`, `Hide`, `Trim`, `Wrap`, `MultipleRows`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90`
* when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are,
* * None: Shows all the labels.
* * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects.
* * Trim: Trim the label when it intersects.
* * Wrap: Wrap the label when it intersects.
* * MultipleRows: Shows the label in MultipleRows when it intersects.
* * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects.
* * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects.
* @default Trim
*/
labelIntersectAction: LabelIntersectAction;
/**
* It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not.
* @default false
*/
isInversed: boolean;
/**
* The polar radar radius position.
* @default 100
*/
coefficient: number;
/**
* The start angle for the series.
* @default 0
*/
startAngle: number;
/**
* Description for axis and its element.
* @default null
*/
description: string;
/**
* TabIndex value for the axis.
* @default 2
*/
tabIndex: number;
/**
* Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis
*/
stripLines: StripLineSettingsModel[];
/**
* Specifies the multi level labels collection for the axis
*/
multiLevelLabels: MultiLevelLabelsModel[];
/**
* Border of the multi level labels.
*/
border: LabelBorderModel;
/**
* Option to customize scrollbar with lazy loading
*/
scrollbarSettings: ScrollbarSettingsModel;
/** @private */
visibleRange: VisibleRangeModel;
/** @private */
visibleLabels: VisibleLabels[];
/** @private */
actualRange: VisibleRangeModel;
/** @private */
series: Series[];
/** @private */
doubleRange: DoubleRange;
/** @private */
maxLabelSize: svgBase.Size;
/** @private */
rotatedLabel: string;
/** @private */
rect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
axisBottomLine: BorderModel;
/** @private */
orientation: Orientation;
/** @private */
intervalDivs: number[];
/** @private */
actualIntervalType: IntervalType;
/** @private */
labels: string[];
/** @private */
format: Function;
/** @private */
baseModule: Double | DateTime | Category | DateTimeCategory;
/** @private */
startLabel: string;
/** @private */
endLabel: string;
/** @private */
angle: number;
/** @private */
dateTimeInterval: number;
/** @private */
isStack100: boolean;
/** @private */
crossInAxis: this;
/** @private */
crossAt: number;
/** @private */
updatedRect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
multiLevelLabelHeight: number;
zoomingScrollBar: ScrollBar;
/** @private */
scrollBarHeight: number;
/** @private */
isChart: boolean;
/** @private */
maxPointLength: number;
constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean);
/**
* The function used to find tick size.
* @return {number}
* @private
*/
findTickSize(crossAxis: Axis): number;
/**
* The function used to find axis position.
* @return {number}
* @private
*/
isInside(range: VisibleRangeModel): boolean;
/**
* The function used to find label svgBase.Size.
* @return {number}
* @private
*/
findLabelSize(crossAxis: Axis, innerPadding: number): number;
/**
* The function used to find axis position.
* @return {number}
* @private
*/
updateCrossValue(chart: Chart): void;
private findDifference;
/**
* Calculate visible range for axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size): void;
/**
* Triggers the event.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
triggerRangeRender(chart: Chart, minimum: number, maximum: number, interval: number): void;
/**
* Calculate padding for the axis.
* @return {string}
* @private
*/
getRangePadding(chart: Chart): string;
/**
* Calculate maximum label width for the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
getMaxLabelWidth(chart: Chart): void;
/**
* Finds the multiple rows for axis.
* @return {void}
*/
private findMultiRows;
/**
* Finds the default module for axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
getModule(chart: Chart): void;
}
/**
* Axis visible range
* @public
*/
export interface VisibleRangeModel {
/** axis minimum value */
min?: number;
/** axis maximum value */
max?: number;
/** axis interval value */
interval?: number;
/** axis delta value */
delta?: number;
}
/** @private */
export class VisibleLabels {
text: string | string[];
value: number;
labelStyle: FontModel;
size: svgBase.Size;
breakLabelSize: svgBase.Size;
index: number;
originalText: string;
constructor(text: string | string[], value: number, labelStyle: FontModel, originalText: string | string[], size?: svgBase.Size, breakLabelSize?: svgBase.Size, index?: number);
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/cartesian-panel.d.ts
export class CartesianAxisLayoutPanel {
private chart;
private initialClipRect;
private htmlObject;
private element;
private padding;
/** @private */
leftSize: number;
/** @private */
rightSize: number;
/** @private */
topSize: number;
/** @private */
bottomSize: number;
/** @private */
seriesClipRect: svgBase.Rect;
/** @private */
constructor(chartModule?: Chart);
/**
* Measure the axis size.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
measureAxis(rect: svgBase.Rect): void;
private measureRowAxis;
private measureColumnAxis;
/**
* Measure the column and row in chart.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
measureDefinition(definition: Row | Column, chart: Chart, size: svgBase.Size, clipRect: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* Measure the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
private calculateAxisSize;
/**
* Measure the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
measure(): void;
private crossAt;
private updateCrossAt;
private pushAxis;
private arrangeAxis;
private getActualColumn;
private getActualRow;
/**
* Measure the row size.
* @return {void}
*/
private calculateRowSize;
/**
* Measure the row size.
* @param rect
*/
private calculateColumnSize;
/**
* To render the axis element.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
renderAxes(): Element;
/**
* To render the axis scrollbar
* @param chart
* @param axis
*/
private renderScrollbar;
/**
* To find the axis position
* @param axis
*/
private findAxisPosition;
/**
* To render the bootom line of the columns and rows
* @param definition
* @param index
* @param isRow
*/
private drawBottomLine;
/**
* To render the axis line
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param plotX
* @param plotY
* @param parent
* @param rect
*/
private drawAxisLine;
/**
* To render the yAxis grid line
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
*/
private drawYAxisGridLine;
/**
* To check the border of the axis
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param value
*/
private isBorder;
/**
* To render the yAxis label
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
* @private
*/
drawYAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, rect: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* To render the yAxis label border.
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
*/
private drawYAxisBorder;
/**
* To render the yAxis title
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
*/
private drawYAxisTitle;
/**
* xAxis grid line calculation performed here
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
*/
private drawXAxisGridLine;
/**
* To calcualte the axis minor line
* @param axis
* @param tempInterval
* @param rect
* @param labelIndex
*/
private drawAxisMinorLine;
/**
* To find the numeric value of the log
* @param axis
* @param logPosition
* @param logInterval
* @param value
* @param labelIndex
*/
private findLogNumeric;
/**
* To render the xAxis Labels
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
* @private
*/
drawXAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, rect: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* To get axis label text
* @param breakLabels
* @param label
* @param axis
* @param intervalLength
*/
private getLabelText;
/**
* To render the x-axis label border.
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param axisRect
*/
private drawXAxisBorder;
/**
* To create border element of the axis
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param labelBorder
* @param parent
*/
private createAxisBorderElement;
/**
* To find the axis label of the intersect action
* @param axis
* @param label
* @param width
*/
private findAxisLabel;
/**
* X-Axis Title function performed
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param parent
* @param rect
*/
private drawXAxisTitle;
/**
* To render the axis grid and tick lines(Both Major and Minor)
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param gridDirection
* @param gridModel
* @param gridId
* @param gridIndex
* @param parent
* @param themeColor
* @param dashArray
*/
private renderGridLine;
/**
* To Find the parent node of the axis
* @param chart
* @param label
* @param axis
* @param index
*/
private findParentNode;
/**
* Create Zooming Labels Function Called here
* @param chart
* @param labelElement
* @param axis
* @param index
* @param rect
*/
private createZoomingLabel;
/**
* To get Rotate text size
* @param isBreakLabel
* @param axis
* @param label
* @param angle
* @param chart
*/
private getRotateText;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/category-axis.d.ts
/**
* `Category` module is used to render category axis.
*/
export class Category extends NiceInterval {
/**
* Constructor for the category module.
* @private
*/
constructor(chart: Chart);
/**
* The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis.
* @return {void}
*/
calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Actual Range for the axis.
* @private
*/
getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
/**
* Padding for the axis.
* @private
*/
applyRangePadding(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
/**
* Calculate label for the axis.
* @private
*/
calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Get module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the category axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(chart: Chart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/date-time-axis.d.ts
/**
* `DateTime` module is used to render datetime axis.
*/
export class DateTime extends NiceInterval {
min: number;
max: number;
/**
* Constructor for the dateTime module.
* @private
*/
constructor(chart?: Chart);
/**
* The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis.
* @return {void}
*/
calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Actual Range for the axis.
* @private
*/
getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
/**
* Apply padding for the range.
* @private
*/
applyRangePadding(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
private getYear;
private getMonth;
private getDay;
private getHour;
/**
* Calculate visible range for axis.
* @private
*/
protected calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Calculate visible labels for the axis.
* @param axis
* @param chart
* @private
*/
calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis, chart: Chart | RangeNavigator): void;
/** @private */
increaseDateTimeInterval(axis: Axis, value: number, interval: number): Date;
private alignRangeStart;
/**
* Get module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the category axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(chart: Chart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/date-time-category-axis.d.ts
/**
* Category module is used to render category axis.
*/
export class DateTimeCategory extends Category {
private axisSize;
/**
* Constructor for the category module.
* @private
*/
constructor(chart: Chart);
/**
* The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Calculate label for the axis.
* @private
*/
calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis): void;
/**
* To get the Indexed axis label text with axis format for DateTimeCategory axis
* @param value
* @param format
*/
getIndexedAxisLabel(value: string, format: Function): string;
/**
* get same interval
*/
private sameInterval;
/**
* Get module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the category axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(chart: Chart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/double-axis.d.ts
/**
* Numeric module is used to render numeric axis.
*/
export class Double {
/** @private */
chart: Chart;
/** @private */
min: Object;
/** @private */
max: Object;
private isDrag;
private interval;
private paddingInterval;
/**
* Constructor for the dateTime module.
* @private
*/
constructor(chart?: Chart);
/**
* Numeric Nice Interval for the axis.
* @private
*/
protected calculateNumericNiceInterval(axis: Axis, delta: number, size: svgBase.Size): number;
/**
* Actual Range for the axis.
* @private
*/
getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
/**
* Range for the axis.
* @private
*/
initializeDoubleRange(axis: Axis): void;
/**
* The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Calculate Range for the axis.
* @private
*/
protected calculateRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
private yAxisRange;
private findMinMax;
/**
* Apply padding for the range.
* @private
*/
applyRangePadding(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
updateActualRange(axis: Axis, minimum: number, maximum: number, interval: number): void;
private findAdditional;
private findNormal;
/**
* Calculate visible range for axis.
* @private
*/
protected calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Calculate label for the axis.
* @private
*/
calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis, chart: Chart | RangeNavigator): void;
/**
* Format of the axis label.
* @private
*/
protected getFormat(axis: Axis): string;
/**
* Formatted the axis label.
* @private
*/
formatValue(axis: Axis, isCustom: boolean, format: string, tempInterval: number): string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/logarithmic-axis.d.ts
/**
* `Logarithmic` module is used to render log axis.
*/
export class Logarithmic extends Double {
/**
* Constructor for the logerithmic module.
* @private
*/
constructor(chart: Chart);
/**
* The method to calculate the range and labels for the axis.
* @return {void}
*/
calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Calculates actual range for the axis.
* @private
*/
getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void;
/**
* Calculates visible range for the axis.
* @private
*/
protected calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void;
/**
* Calculates log iInteval for the axis.
* @private
*/
protected calculateLogNiceInterval(delta: number, size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): number;
/**
* Calculates labels for the axis.
* @private
*/
calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis, chart: Chart | RangeNavigator): void;
/**
* Get module name
*/
protected getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the category axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
destroy(chart: Chart): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/multi-level-labels.d.ts
/**
* MultiLevel Labels src
*/
/**
* `MultiLevelLabel` module is used to render the multi level label in chart.
*/
export class MultiLevelLabel {
/** @private */
chart: Chart;
/** @private */
xAxisPrevHeight: number[];
/** @private */
xAxisMultiLabelHeight: number[];
/** @private */
yAxisPrevHeight: number[];
/** @private */
yAxisMultiLabelHeight: number[];
/** @private */
multiElements: Element;
/** @private */
labelElement: Element;
/**
* Constructor for the logerithmic module.
* @private
*/
constructor(chart: Chart);
/**
* Binding events for multi level module.
*/
private addEventListener;
/**
* Finds multilevel label height
* @return {void}
*/
getMultilevelLabelsHeight(axis: Axis): void;
/**
* render x axis multi level labels
* @private
* @return {void}
*/
renderXAxisMultiLevelLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, axisRect: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* render x axis multi level labels border
* @private
* @return {void}
*/
private renderXAxisLabelBorder;
/**
* render y axis multi level labels
* @private
* @return {void}
*/
renderYAxisMultiLevelLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, rect: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* render y axis multi level labels border
* @private
* @return {void}
*/
private renderYAxisLabelBorder;
/**
* create cliprect
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
createClipRect(x: number, y: number, height: number, width: number, clipId: string, axisId: string): void;
/**
* create borer element
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
createBorderElement(borderIndex: number, axisIndex: number, axis: Axis, path: string, pointIndex?: number): void;
/**
* Triggers the event.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
triggerMultiLabelRender(axis: Axis, text: string, textStyle: FontModel, textAlignment: Alignment, customAttributes: object): IAxisMultiLabelRenderEventArgs;
/**
* Triggers the event.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
MultiLevelLabelClick(labelIndex: string, axisIndex: number): IMultiLevelLabelClickEventArgs;
/**
* To click the multi level label
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
click(event: Event): void;
/**
* To get the module name for `MultiLevelLabel`.
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the `MultiLevelLabel` module.
* @private
*/
destroy(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/polar-radar-panel.d.ts
export class PolarRadarPanel extends LineBase {
private initialClipRect;
private htmlObject;
private element;
private centerX;
private centerY;
private startAngle;
/** @private */
seriesClipRect: svgBase.Rect;
/**
* Measure the polar radar axis size.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
measureAxis(rect: svgBase.Rect): void;
private measureRowAxis;
private measureColumnAxis;
/**
* Measure the column and row in chart.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
measureDefinition(definition: Row | Column, chart: Chart, size: svgBase.Size, clipRect: svgBase.Rect): void;
/**
* Measure the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
private calculateAxisSize;
/**
* Measure the axis.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
measure(): void;
/**
* Measure the row size.
* @return {void}
*/
private calculateRowSize;
/**
* Measure the row size.
* @return {void}
*/
private calculateColumnSize;
/**
* To render the axis element.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
renderAxes(): Element;
private drawYAxisLine;
drawYAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number): void;
private drawYAxisGridLine;
private drawXAxisGridLine;
private drawAxisMinorLine;
/**
* To render the axis label.
* @return {void}
* @private
*/
drawXAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number): void;
private renderTickLine;
private renderGridLine;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/strip-line.d.ts
/**
* `StripLine` module is used to render the stripLine in chart.
*/
export class StripLine {
/**
* Finding x, y, width and height of the strip line
* @param axis
* @param strip line
* @param seriesClipRect
* @param startValue
* @param segmentAxis
*/
private measureStripLine;
/**
* To get from to value from start, end, size, start from axis
* @param start
* @param end
* @param size
* @param startFromAxis
* @param axis
* @param strip line
*/
private getFromTovalue;
/**
* Finding end value of the strip line
* @param to
* @param from
* @param size
* @param axis
* @param end
* @param strip line
*/
private getToValue;
/**
* To check the strip line values within range
* @param value
* @param axis
*/
private findValue;
/**
* To render strip lines based start and end.
* @private
* @param chart
* @param position
* @param axes
*/
renderStripLine(chart: Chart, position: ZIndex, axes: Axis[]): void;
/**
* To draw the single line strip line
* @param strip line
* @param rect
* @param id
* @param parent
* @param chart
* @param axis
*/
private renderPath;
/**
* To draw the rectangle
* @param strip line
* @param rect
* @param id
* @param parent
* @param chart
*/
private renderRectangle;
/**
* To create the text on strip line
* @param strip line
* @param rect
* @param id
* @param parent
* @param chart
* @param axis
*/
private renderText;
private invertAlignment;
/**
* To find the next value of the recurrence strip line
* @param axis
* @param stripline
* @param startValue
*/
private getStartValue;
/**
* Finding segment axis for segmented strip line
* @param axes
* @param axis
* @param strip line
*/
private getSegmentAxis;
/**
* To render strip line on chart
* @param axis
* @param stripline
* @param seriesClipRect
* @param id
* @param striplineGroup
* @param chart
* @param startValue
* @param segmentAxis
* @param count
*/
private renderStripLineElement;
/**
* To find the factor of the text
* @param anchor
*/
private factor;
/**
* To find the start value of the text
* @param xy
* @param size
* @param textAlignment
*/
private getTextStart;
/**
* To get the module name for `StripLine`.
* @private
*/
getModuleName(): string;
/**
* To destroy the `StripLine` module.
* @private
*/
destroy(): void;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/chart-model.d.ts
/**
* Interface for a class CrosshairSettings
*/
export interface CrosshairSettingsModel {
/**
* If set to true, crosshair line becomes visible.
* @default false
*/
enable?: boolean;
/**
* DashArray for crosshair.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray?: string;
/**
* Options to customize the crosshair line.
*/
line?: BorderModel;
/**
* Specifies the line type. Horizontal mode enables the horizontal line and Vertical mode enables the vertical line. They are,
* * None: Hides both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines.
* * Both: Shows both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines.
* * Vertical: Shows the vertical line.
* * Horizontal: Shows the horizontal line.
* @default Both
*/
lineType?: LineType;
}
/**
* Interface for a class ZoomSettings
*/
export interface ZoomSettingsModel {
/**
* If set to true, chart can be zoomed by a rectangular selecting region on the plot area.
* @default false
*/
enableSelectionZooming?: boolean;
/**
* If to true, chart can be pinched to zoom in / zoom out.
* @default false
*/
enablePinchZooming?: boolean;
/**
* If set to true, chart can be zoomed by using mouse wheel.
* @default false
*/
enableMouseWheelZooming?: boolean;
/**
* If set to true, zooming will be performed on mouse up. It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* zoomSettings: {
* enableSelectionZooming: true,
* enableDeferredZooming: false
* }
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default true
*/
enableDeferredZooming?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether to allow zooming vertically or horizontally or in both ways. They are,
* * x,y: Chart can be zoomed both vertically and horizontally.
* * x: Chart can be zoomed horizontally.
* * y: Chart can be zoomed vertically.
* It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* zoomSettings: {
* enableSelectionZooming: true,
* mode: 'XY'
* }
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default 'XY'
*/
mode?: ZoomMode;
/**
* Specifies the toolkit options for the zooming as follows:
* * Zoom
* * ZoomIn
* * ZoomOut
* * Pan
* * Reset
* @default '["Zoom", "ZoomIn", "ZoomOut", "Pan", "Reset"]'
*/
toolbarItems?: ToolbarItems[];
/**
* Specifies whether chart needs to be panned by default.
* @default false.
*/
enablePan?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether axis needs to have scrollbar.
* @default false.
*/
enableScrollbar?: boolean;
}
/**
* Interface for a class Chart
*/
export interface ChartModel extends base.ComponentModel{
/**
* The width of the chart as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full width of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
width?: string;
/**
* The height of the chart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full height of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
height?: string;
/**
* Title of the chart
* @default ''
*/
title?: string;
/**
* Specifies the DataSource for the chart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({
* url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/'
* });
* let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false);
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* dataSource:dataManager,
* series: [{
* xName: 'Id',
* yName: 'Estimate',
* query: query
* }],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default ''
*/
dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager;
/**
* Options for customizing the title of the Chart.
*/
titleStyle?: FontModel;
/**
* SubTitle of the chart
* @default ''
*/
subTitle?: string;
/**
* Options for customizing the Subtitle of the Chart.
*/
subTitleStyle?: FontModel;
/**
* Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart.
*/
margin?: MarginModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border.
*/
border?: BorderModel;
/**
* The background color of the chart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
background?: string;
/**
* Options for configuring the border and background of the chart area.
*/
chartArea?: ChartAreaModel;
/**
* Options to configure the horizontal axis.
*/
primaryXAxis?: AxisModel;
/**
* Options to configure the vertical axis.
*/
primaryYAxis?: AxisModel;
/**
* Options to split Chart into multiple plotting areas horizontally.
* Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the Chart.
*/
rows?: RowModel[];
/**
* Options to split chart into multiple plotting areas vertically.
* Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the chart.
*/
columns?: ColumnModel[];
/**
* Secondary axis collection for the chart.
*/
axes?: AxisModel[];
/**
* The configuration for series in the chart.
*/
series?: SeriesModel[];
/**
* The configuration for annotation in chart.
*/
annotations?: ChartAnnotationSettingsModel[];
/**
* Palette for the chart series.
* @default []
*/
palettes?: string[];
/**
* Specifies the theme for the chart.
* @default 'Material'
*/
theme?: ChartTheme;
/**
* Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart.
*/
tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart.
*/
crosshair?: CrosshairSettingsModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the legend of the chart.
*/
legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel;
/**
* Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart.
*/
zoomSettings?: ZoomSettingsModel;
/**
* Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are,
* * none: Disables the selection.
* * series: selects a series.
* * point: selects a point.
* * cluster: selects a cluster of point
* * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes
* * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis.
* * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis.
* * lasso: selects points by dragging with respect to free form.
* @default None
*/
selectionMode?: SelectionMode;
/**
* If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`.
* @default false
*/
isMultiSelect?: boolean;
/**
* If set true, enables the multi drag selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Dragx` | `DragY` | or `DragXY`.
* @default false
*/
allowMultiSelection?: boolean;
/**
* To enable11 export feature in chart.
* @default true
*/
enableExport?: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart.
* It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* selectionMode: 'Point',
* selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1},
* { series: 2, point: 3} ],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default []
*/
selectedDataIndexes?: IndexesModel[];
/**
* Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number.
* @default false
*/
useGroupingSeparator?: boolean;
/**
* It specifies whether the chart should be render in transposed manner or not.
* @default false
*/
isTransposed?: boolean;
/**
* It specifies whether the chart should be rendered in canvas mode
* @default false
*/
enableCanvas?: boolean;
/**
* Defines the collection of technical indicators, that are used in financial markets
*/
indicators?: TechnicalIndicatorModel[];
/**
* If set true, Animation process will be executed.
* @default true
*/
enableAnimation?: boolean;
/**
* Description for chart.
* @default null
*/
description?: string;
/**
* TabIndex value for the chart.
* @default 1
*/
tabIndex?: number;
/**
* To enable the side by side placing the points for column type series.
* @default true
*/
enableSideBySidePlacement?: boolean;
/**
* Triggers after resizing of chart
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Resized'
*/
resized?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the annotation gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
annotationRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the prints gets started.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPrint'
*/
beforePrint?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after chart load.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Loaded'
*/
loaded?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before chart load.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
load?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after animation is completed for the series.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnAnimationComplete'
*/
animationComplete?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the legend is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
legendRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the data label for series is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
textRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each points for the series is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
pointRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the series is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
seriesRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each axis label is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each axis range is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
axisRangeCalculated?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each axis multi label is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
axisMultiLabelRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after click on legend
* @event
*/
legendClick?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after click on multiLevelLabelClick
* @event
*/
multiLevelLabelClick?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered.
* @event
*/
tooltipRender?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on hovering the chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseMove'
*/
chartMouseMove?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on clicking the chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseClick'
*/
chartMouseClick?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point click.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPointClick'
*/
pointClick?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point move.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'PointMoved'
*/
pointMove?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when cursor leaves the chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseLeave'
*/
chartMouseLeave?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on mouse down.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseDown'
*/
chartMouseDown?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on mouse up.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseUp'
*/
chartMouseUp?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after the drag selection is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnDragComplete'
*/
dragComplete?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after the selection is completed.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnSelectionComplete'
*/
selectionComplete?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after the zoom selection is completed.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
zoomComplete?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when start the scroll.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnScrollStart'
*/
scrollStart?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after the scroll end.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnScrollEnd'
*/
scrollEnd?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when change the scroll.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'ScrollChanged'
*/
scrollChanged?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the point drag start.
* @event
*/
dragStart?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the point is dragging.
* @event
*/
drag?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers when the point drag end.
* @event
*/
dragEnd?: base.EmitType;
/**
* Defines the currencyCode format of the chart
* @private
* @aspType string
*/
currencyCode?: string;
}
//node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/chart.d.ts
/**
* Configures the crosshair in the chart.
*/
export class CrosshairSettings extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* If set to true, crosshair line becomes visible.
* @default false
*/
enable: boolean;
/**
* DashArray for crosshair.
* @default ''
*/
dashArray: string;
/**
* Options to customize the crosshair line.
*/
line: BorderModel;
/**
* Specifies the line type. Horizontal mode enables the horizontal line and Vertical mode enables the vertical line. They are,
* * None: Hides both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines.
* * Both: Shows both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines.
* * Vertical: Shows the vertical line.
* * Horizontal: Shows the horizontal line.
* @default Both
*/
lineType: LineType;
}
/**
* Configures the zooming behavior for the chart.
*/
export class ZoomSettings extends base.ChildProperty {
/**
* If set to true, chart can be zoomed by a rectangular selecting region on the plot area.
* @default false
*/
enableSelectionZooming: boolean;
/**
* If to true, chart can be pinched to zoom in / zoom out.
* @default false
*/
enablePinchZooming: boolean;
/**
* If set to true, chart can be zoomed by using mouse wheel.
* @default false
*/
enableMouseWheelZooming: boolean;
/**
* If set to true, zooming will be performed on mouse up. It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* zoomSettings: {
* enableSelectionZooming: true,
* enableDeferredZooming: false
* }
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default true
*/
enableDeferredZooming: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether to allow zooming vertically or horizontally or in both ways. They are,
* * x,y: Chart can be zoomed both vertically and horizontally.
* * x: Chart can be zoomed horizontally.
* * y: Chart can be zoomed vertically.
* It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* zoomSettings: {
* enableSelectionZooming: true,
* mode: 'XY'
* }
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default 'XY'
*/
mode: ZoomMode;
/**
* Specifies the toolkit options for the zooming as follows:
* * Zoom
* * ZoomIn
* * ZoomOut
* * Pan
* * Reset
* @default '["Zoom", "ZoomIn", "ZoomOut", "Pan", "Reset"]'
*/
toolbarItems: ToolbarItems[];
/**
* Specifies whether chart needs to be panned by default.
* @default false.
*/
enablePan: boolean;
/**
* Specifies whether axis needs to have scrollbar.
* @default false.
*/
enableScrollbar: boolean;
}
/**
* Represents the Chart control.
* ```html
*
*
* ```
* @public
*/
export class Chart extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged {
/**
* `lineSeriesModule` is used to add line series to the chart.
*/
lineSeriesModule: LineSeries;
/**
* `multiColoredLineSeriesModule` is used to add multi colored line series to the chart.
*/
multiColoredLineSeriesModule: MultiColoredLineSeries;
/**
* `multiColoredAreaSeriesModule` is used to add multi colored area series to the chart.
*/
multiColoredAreaSeriesModule: MultiColoredAreaSeries;
/**
* `columnSeriesModule` is used to add column series to the chart.
*/
columnSeriesModule: ColumnSeries;
/**
* `ParetoSeriesModule` is used to add pareto series in the chart.
*/
paretoSeriesModule: ParetoSeries;
/**
* `areaSeriesModule` is used to add area series in the chart.
*/
areaSeriesModule: AreaSeries;
/**
* `barSeriesModule` is used to add bar series to the chart.
*/
barSeriesModule: BarSeries;
/**
* `stackingColumnSeriesModule` is used to add stacking column series in the chart.
*/
stackingColumnSeriesModule: StackingColumnSeries;
/**
* `stackingAreaSeriesModule` is used to add stacking area series to the chart.
*/
stackingAreaSeriesModule: StackingAreaSeries;
/**
* `stackingLineSeriesModule` is used to add stacking line series to the chart.
*/
stackingLineSeriesModule: StackingLineSeries;
/**
* 'CandleSeriesModule' is used to add candle series in the chart.
*/
candleSeriesModule: CandleSeries;
/**
* `stackingBarSeriesModule` is used to add stacking bar series to the chart.
*/
stackingBarSeriesModule: StackingBarSeries;
/**
* `stepLineSeriesModule` is used to add step line series to the chart.
*/
stepLineSeriesModule: StepLineSeries;
/**
* `stepAreaSeriesModule` is used to add step area series to the chart.
*/
stepAreaSeriesModule: StepAreaSeries;
/**
* `polarSeriesModule` is used to add polar series in the chart.
*/
polarSeriesModule: PolarSeries;
/**
* `radarSeriesModule` is used to add radar series in the chart.
*/
radarSeriesModule: RadarSeries;
/**
* `splineSeriesModule` is used to add spline series to the chart.
*/
splineSeriesModule: SplineSeries;
/**
* `splineAreaSeriesModule` is used to add spline area series to the chart.
*/
splineAreaSeriesModule: SplineAreaSeries;
/**
* `scatterSeriesModule` is used to add scatter series to the chart.
*/
scatterSeriesModule: ScatterSeries;
/**
* `boxAndWhiskerSeriesModule` is used to add line series to the chart.
*/
boxAndWhiskerSeriesModule: BoxAndWhiskerSeries;
/**
* `rangeColumnSeriesModule` is used to add rangeColumn series to the chart.
*/
rangeColumnSeriesModule: RangeColumnSeries;
/**
* histogramSeriesModule is used to add histogram series in chart
*/
histogramSeriesModule: HistogramSeries;
/**
* hiloSeriesModule is used to add hilo series in chart
*/
hiloSeriesModule: HiloSeries;
/**
* hiloOpenCloseSeriesModule is used to add hilo series in chart
*/
hiloOpenCloseSeriesModule: HiloOpenCloseSeries;
/**
* `waterfallSeries` is used to add waterfall series in chart.
*/
waterfallSeriesModule: WaterfallSeries;
/**
* `bubbleSeries` is used to add bubble series in chart.
*/
bubbleSeriesModule: BubbleSeries;
/**
* `rangeAreaSeriesModule` is used to add rangeArea series in chart.
*/
rangeAreaSeriesModule: RangeAreaSeries;
/**
* `tooltipModule` is used to manipulate and add tooltip to the series.
*/
tooltipModule: Tooltip;
/**
* `crosshairModule` is used to manipulate and add crosshair to the chart.
*/
crosshairModule: Crosshair;
/**
* `errorBarModule` is used to manipulate and add errorBar for series.
*/
errorBarModule: ErrorBar;
/**
* `dataLabelModule` is used to manipulate and add data label to the series.
*/
dataLabelModule: DataLabel;
/**
* `datetimeModule` is used to manipulate and add dateTime axis to the chart.
*/
dateTimeModule: DateTime;
/**
* `categoryModule` is used to manipulate and add category axis to the chart.
*/
categoryModule: Category;
/**
* `dateTimeCategoryModule` is used to manipulate date time and category axis
*/
dateTimeCategoryModule: DateTimeCategory;
/**
* `logarithmicModule` is used to manipulate and add log axis to the chart.
*/
logarithmicModule: Logarithmic;
/**
* `legendModule` is used to manipulate and add legend to the chart.
*/
legendModule: Legend;
/**
* `zoomModule` is used to manipulate and add zooming to the chart.
*/
zoomModule: Zoom;
/**
* `dataEditingModule` is used to drag and drop of the point.
*/
dataEditingModule: DataEditing;
/**
* `selectionModule` is used to manipulate and add selection to the chart.
*/
selectionModule: Selection;
/**
* `annotationModule` is used to manipulate and add annotation in chart.
*/
annotationModule: ChartAnnotation;
/**
* `stripLineModule` is used to manipulate and add stripLine in chart.
*/
stripLineModule: StripLine;
/**
* `multiLevelLabelModule` is used to manipulate and add multiLevelLabel in chart.
*/
multiLevelLabelModule: MultiLevelLabel;
/**
* 'TrendlineModule' is used to predict the market trend using trendlines
*/
trendLineModule: Trendlines;
/**
* `sMAIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using SMA approach
*/
sMAIndicatorModule: SmaIndicator;
/**
* `eMAIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using EMA approach
*/
eMAIndicatorModule: EmaIndicator;
/**
* `tMAIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using TMA approach
*/
tMAIndicatorModule: TmaIndicator;
/**
* `accumulationDistributionIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Accumulation Distribution approach
*/
accumulationDistributionIndicatorModule: AccumulationDistributionIndicator;
/**
* `atrIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using ATR approach
*/
atrIndicatorModule: AtrIndicator;
/**
* `rSIIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using RSI approach
*/
rsiIndicatorModule: RsiIndicator;
/**
* `macdIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Macd approach
*/
macdIndicatorModule: MacdIndicator;
/**
* `stochasticIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Stochastic approach
*/
stochasticIndicatorModule: StochasticIndicator;
/**
* `momentumIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Momentum approach
*/
momentumIndicatorModule: MomentumIndicator;
/**
* `bollingerBandsModule` is used to predict the market trend using Bollinger approach
*/
bollingerBandsModule: BollingerBands;
/**
* ScrollBar Module is used to render scrollbar in chart while zooming.
*/
scrollBarModule: ScrollBar;
/**
* Export Module1 is used to export chart.
*/
exportModule: Export;
/**
* The width of the chart as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full width of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
width: string;
/**
* The height of the chart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'.
* If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full height of its parent element.
* @default null
*/
height: string;
/**
* Title of the chart
* @default ''
*/
title: string;
/**
* Specifies the DataSource for the chart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({
* url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/'
* });
* let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false);
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* dataSource:dataManager,
* series: [{
* xName: 'Id',
* yName: 'Estimate',
* query: query
* }],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default ''
*/
dataSource: Object | data.DataManager;
/**
* Options for customizing the title of the Chart.
*/
titleStyle: FontModel;
/**
* SubTitle of the chart
* @default ''
*/
subTitle: string;
/**
* Options for customizing the Subtitle of the Chart.
*/
subTitleStyle: FontModel;
/**
* Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart.
*/
margin: MarginModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border.
*/
border: BorderModel;
/**
* The background color of the chart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.
* @default null
*/
background: string;
/**
* Options for configuring the border and background of the chart area.
*/
chartArea: ChartAreaModel;
/**
* Options to configure the horizontal axis.
*/
primaryXAxis: AxisModel;
/**
* Options to configure the vertical axis.
*/
primaryYAxis: AxisModel;
/**
* Options to split Chart into multiple plotting areas horizontally.
* Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the Chart.
*/
rows: RowModel[];
/**
* Options to split chart into multiple plotting areas vertically.
* Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the chart.
*/
columns: ColumnModel[];
/**
* Secondary axis collection for the chart.
*/
axes: AxisModel[];
/**
* The configuration for series in the chart.
*/
series: SeriesModel[];
/**
* The configuration for annotation in chart.
*/
annotations: ChartAnnotationSettingsModel[];
/**
* Palette for the chart series.
* @default []
*/
palettes: string[];
/**
* Specifies the theme for the chart.
* @default 'Material'
*/
theme: ChartTheme;
/**
* Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart.
*/
tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart.
*/
crosshair: CrosshairSettingsModel;
/**
* Options for customizing the legend of the chart.
*/
legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel;
/**
* Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart.
*/
zoomSettings: ZoomSettingsModel;
/**
* Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are,
* * none: Disables the selection.
* * series: selects a series.
* * point: selects a point.
* * cluster: selects a cluster of point
* * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes
* * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis.
* * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis.
* * lasso: selects points by dragging with respect to free form.
* @default None
*/
selectionMode: SelectionMode;
/**
* If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`.
* @default false
*/
isMultiSelect: boolean;
/**
* If set true, enables the multi drag selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Dragx` | `DragY` | or `DragXY`.
* @default false
*/
allowMultiSelection: boolean;
/**
* To enable111 export feature in chart.
* @default true
*/
enableExport: boolean;
/**
* Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart.
* It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`.
* ```html
*
* ```
* ```typescript
* let chart$: Chart = new Chart({
* ...
* selectionMode: 'Point',
* selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1},
* { series: 2, point: 3} ],
* ...
* });
* chart.appendTo('#Chart');
* ```
* @default []
*/
selectedDataIndexes: IndexesModel[];
/**
* Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number.
* @default false
*/
useGroupingSeparator: boolean;
/**
* It specifies whether the chart should be render in transposed manner or not.
* @default false
*/
isTransposed: boolean;
/**
* It specifies whether the chart should be rendered in canvas mode
* @default false
*/
enableCanvas: boolean;
/**
* Defines the collection of technical indicators, that are used in financial markets
*/
indicators: TechnicalIndicatorModel[];
/**
* If set true, Animation process will be executed.
* @default true
*/
enableAnimation: boolean;
/**
* Description for chart.
* @default null
*/
description: string;
/**
* TabIndex value for the chart.
* @default 1
*/
tabIndex: number;
/**
* To enable the side by side placing the points for column type series.
* @default true
*/
enableSideBySidePlacement: boolean;
/**
* Triggers after resizing of chart
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Resized'
*/
resized: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the annotation gets rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
annotationRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the prints gets started.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPrint'
*/
beforePrint: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after chart load.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'Loaded'
*/
loaded: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before chart load.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
load: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after animation is completed for the series.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnAnimationComplete'
*/
animationComplete: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the legend is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
legendRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the data label for series is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
textRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each points for the series is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
pointRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the series is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
seriesRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each axis label is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
axisLabelRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each axis range is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
axisRangeCalculated: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before each axis multi label is rendered.
* @event
* @deprecated
*/
axisMultiLabelRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after click on legend
* @event
*/
legendClick: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers after click on multiLevelLabelClick
* @event
*/
multiLevelLabelClick: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered.
* @event
*/
tooltipRender: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on hovering the chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseMove'
*/
chartMouseMove: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on clicking the chart.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnChartMouseClick'
*/
chartMouseClick: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point click.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'OnPointClick'
*/
pointClick: base.EmitType;
/**
* Triggers on point move.
* @event
* @blazorProperty 'PointMoved'
*/
pointMove: base.EmitType